http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=Sentinel 2026-04-05T09:38:28Z User contributions MediaWiki 1.23.2 http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Sentinel_Security_Systems 2014-09-29T15:20:09Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>Sentinel Security Systems (More commonly known as S3) is the galaxy's largest producer and re seller of personal and shipboard weaponry. In addition to its weapon manufacturing operations, S3 also maintains a sizable private military which patrol the star systems in which S3 conducts its business</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Sentinel_Security_Systems 2014-09-29T15:18:51Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>Sentinel Security Systems (More commonly known as S3) is the galaxy's largest producer and re seller of personal and shipboard weaponry. In addition to its weapon manufacturing operations, S3 also maintains a sizable private military which patrol the star systems in which S3 is conducting its business</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Sentinel_Security_Systems 2014-09-29T15:18:34Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>Sentinel Security Systems (More commonly known as S3) is the galaxy's Largest producer and re seller of personal and shipboard weaponry. In addition to its weapon manufacturing operations, S3 also maintains a sizable private military which patrol the star systems in which S3 is conducting its business</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Sentinel_Security_Systems 2014-09-29T15:17:56Z

<p>Sentinel: Created page with &quot;Sentinel Security Systems (More commonly known as S3) is the galaxy's Largest producer and re seller of personal and shipboard weaponry. In addition to its weapon manufacturin...&quot;</p> <hr /> <div>Sentinel Security Systems (More commonly known as S3) is the galaxy's Largest producer and re seller of personal and shipboard weaponry. In addition to its weapon manufacturing operations, S3 also maintains a sizable Private military which patrol the star systems in which S3 is conducting its business</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Interstellar_Rift 2014-08-16T18:28:45Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox<br /> |title = [[Interstellar Rift]]<br /> [[File:Interstellar_Rift_Logo.png|frame|50px]]<br /> |header1 = Interstellar Rift<br /> ----<br /> |label2 = Developer<br /> |data2 = Split Polygon<br /> |label3 = Platforms<br /> |data3 = PC Windows<br /> |label4 =<br /> |data4 =<br /> |label5 =<br /> |data5 =<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Interstellar Rift]] is an upcoming game developed by Split Polygon, a small independent game developer in the Netherlands. The game is slated for release for Windows PC, and went live in a Free Pre-Alpha state on March 15, 2014.<br /> <br /> {|Contents<br /> # The game<br /> ## Features<br /> ### Space Flight<br /> ### First Person Gameplay<br /> ### Editor<br /> ## Multiplayer<br /> ##<br /> <br /> |}<br /> <br /> Interstellar_Rift_Logo.png</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Interstellar_Rift 2014-08-16T18:27:00Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox<br /> |title = [[Interstellar Rift]]<br /> [[File:Interstellar_Rift_Logo.png|border|caption]500px]]<br /> |header1 = Interstellar Rift<br /> ----<br /> |label2 = Developer<br /> |data2 = Split Polygon<br /> |label3 = Platforms<br /> |data3 = PC Windows<br /> |label4 =<br /> |data4 =<br /> |label5 =<br /> |data5 =<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Interstellar Rift]] is an upcoming game developed by Split Polygon, a small independent game developer in the Netherlands. The game is slated for release for Windows PC, and went live in a Free Pre-Alpha state on March 15, 2014.<br /> <br /> {|Contents<br /> # The game<br /> ## Features<br /> ### Space Flight<br /> ### First Person Gameplay<br /> ### Editor<br /> ## Multiplayer<br /> ##<br /> <br /> |}<br /> <br /> Interstellar_Rift_Logo.png</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Interstellar_Rift_Logo.png 2014-08-16T18:22:15Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div></div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Interstellar_Rift 2014-08-16T18:16:51Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox<br /> |title = [[Interstellar Rift]]<br /> |header1 = Interstellar Rift<br /> |label2 = Developer<br /> |data2 = Split Polygon<br /> |label3 = Platforms<br /> |data3 = PC Windows<br /> |label4 =<br /> |data4 =<br /> |label5 =<br /> |data5 =<br /> }}<br /> <br /> [[Interstellar Rift]] is an upcoming game developed by Split Polygon, a small independent game developer in the Netherlands. The game is slated for release for Windows PC, and went live in a Free Pre-Alpha state on March 15, 2014.<br /> <br /> {|Contents<br /> # The game<br /> ## Features<br /> ### Space Flight<br /> ### First Person Gameplay<br /> ### Editor<br /> ## Multiplayer<br /> ##<br /> <br /> |}</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Interstellar_Rift 2014-08-16T18:13:38Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox<br /> |title = [[Interstellar Rift]]<br /> |header1 = Interstellar Rift<br /> |label2 = Developer<br /> |data2 = Split Polygon<br /> |label3 = Platforms<br /> |data3 = PC Windows<br /> |label4 =<br /> |data4 =<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[Interstellar Rift]] is an upcoming game developed by Split Polygon, a small independent game developer in the Netherlands. The game is slated for release for Windows PC, and went live in a Free Pre-Alpha state on March 15, 2014.<br /> <br /> {|Contents<br /> # The game<br /> ## Features<br /> ### Space Flight<br /> ### First Person Gameplay<br /> ### Editor<br /> ## Multiplayer<br /> ##<br /> <br /> |}</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Interstellar_Rift 2014-08-16T18:12:16Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox<br /> |title = [[Interstellar Rift]]<br /> |header1 = Infobox Header<br /> |label2 = Created by<br /> |data2 = David<br /> |label3 = External reference<br /> |data3 = [http://trog.qgl.org trog.qgl.org]<br /> |label4 =<br /> |data4 =<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[Interstellar Rift]] is an upcoming game developed by Split Polygon, a small independent game developer in the Netherlands. The game is slated for release for Windows PC, and went live in a Free Pre-Alpha state on March 15, 2014.<br /> <br /> {|Contents<br /> # The game<br /> ## Features<br /> ### Space Flight<br /> ### First Person Gameplay<br /> ### Editor<br /> ## Multiplayer<br /> ##<br /> <br /> |}</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Interstellar_Rift 2014-08-16T18:06:44Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox<br /> |title = Infobox Title<br /> |header1 = Infobox Header<br /> |label2 = Created by<br /> |data2 = David<br /> |label3 = External reference<br /> |data3 = [http://trog.qgl.org trog.qgl.org]<br /> }}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[Interstellar Rift]] is an upcoming game developed by Split Polygon, a small independent game developer in the Netherlands. The game is slated for release for Windows PC, and went live in a Free Pre-Alpha state on March 15, 2014.<br /> <br /> {|Contents<br /> # The game<br /> ## Features<br /> ### Space Flight<br /> ### First Person Gameplay<br /> ### Editor<br /> ## Multiplayer<br /> ##<br /> <br /> |}</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Interstellar_Rift 2014-08-16T17:47:20Z

<p>Sentinel: </p> <hr /> <div>[[Interstellar Rift]] is an upcoming game developed by Split Polygon, a small independent game developer in the Netherlands. The game is slated for release for Windows PC, and went live in a Free Pre-Alpha state on March 15, 2014.<br /> <br /> {|Contents<br /> # The game<br /> ## Features<br /> ### Space Flight<br /> ### First Person Gameplay<br /> ### Editor<br /> ## Multiplayer<br /> ##<br /> <br /> |}<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> |title = Infobox Title<br /> |header1 = Infobox Header<br /> |label2 = Created by<br /> |data2 = David<br /> |label3 = External reference<br /> |data3 = [http://trog.qgl.org trog.qgl.org]<br /> }}</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:File_link 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.<br /> <br /> local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')<br /> local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType<br /> <br /> local fileLink = {}<br /> <br /> function fileLink.new(filename)<br /> checkType('fileLink.new', 1, filename, 'string', true)<br /> local obj, data = {}, {}<br /> <br /> local checkSelf = libraryUtil.makeCheckSelfFunction(<br /> 'fileLink',<br /> 'fileLink',<br /> obj,<br /> 'fileLink object'<br /> )<br /> <br /> -- Set the filename if we were passed it as an input to fileLink.new.<br /> if filename then<br /> data.theName = filename<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:name(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'name')<br /> checkType('fileLink:name', 1, s, 'string')<br /> data.theName = s<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:format(s, filename)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'format')<br /> checkType('fileLink:format', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> checkType('fileLink:format', 2, format, 'string', true)<br /> local validFormats = {<br /> thumb = true,<br /> thumbnail = true,<br /> frame = true,<br /> framed = true,<br /> frameless = true<br /> }<br /> if s == nil or validFormats[s] then<br /> data.theFormat = s<br /> data.theFormatFilename = filename<br /> else<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;bad argument #1 to 'fileLink:format' ('%s' is not a valid format)&quot;,<br /> s<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function sizeError(methodName)<br /> -- Used for formatting duplication errors in size-related methods.<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;duplicate size argument detected in '%s'&quot;<br /> .. &quot; ('upright' cannot be used in conjunction with height or width)&quot;,<br /> methodName<br /> ), 3)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:width(px)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'width')<br /> checkType('fileLink:width', 1, px, 'number', true)<br /> if px and data.isUpright then<br /> sizeError('fileLink:width')<br /> end<br /> data.theWidth = px<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:height(px)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'height')<br /> checkType('fileLink:height', 1, px, 'number', true)<br /> if px and data.isUpright then<br /> sizeError('fileLink:height')<br /> end<br /> data.theHeight = px<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:upright(isUpright, factor)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'upright')<br /> checkType('fileLink:upright', 1, isUpright, 'boolean', true)<br /> checkType('fileLink:upright', 2, factor, 'number', true)<br /> if isUpright and (data.theWidth or data.theHeight) then<br /> sizeError('fileLink:upright')<br /> end<br /> data.isUpright = isUpright<br /> data.uprightFactor = factor<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:resetSize()<br /> checkSelf(self, 'resetSize')<br /> for i, field in ipairs{'theWidth', 'theHeight', 'isUpright', 'uprightFactor'} do<br /> data[field] = nil<br /> end<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:location(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'location')<br /> checkType('fileLink:location', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> local validLocations = {<br /> right = true,<br /> left = true,<br /> center = true,<br /> none = true<br /> }<br /> if s == nil or validLocations[s] then<br /> data.theLocation = s<br /> else<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;bad argument #1 to 'fileLink:location' ('%s' is not a valid location)&quot;,<br /> s<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:alignment(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'alignment')<br /> checkType('fileLink:alignment', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> local validAlignments = {<br /> baseline = true,<br /> middle = true,<br /> sub = true,<br /> super = true,<br /> ['text-top'] = true,<br /> ['text-bottom'] = true,<br /> top = true,<br /> bottom = true<br /> }<br /> if s == nil or validAlignments[s] then<br /> data.theAlignment = s<br /> else<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;bad argument #1 to 'fileLink:alignment' ('%s' is not a valid alignment)&quot;,<br /> s<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:border(hasBorder)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'border')<br /> checkType('fileLink:border', 1, hasBorder, 'boolean', true)<br /> data.hasBorder = hasBorder<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:link(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'link')<br /> checkType('fileLink:link', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> data.theLink = s<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:alt(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'alt')<br /> checkType('fileLink:alt', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> data.theAlt = s<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:page(num)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'page')<br /> checkType('fileLink:page', 1, num, 'number', true)<br /> data.thePage = s<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:class(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'class')<br /> checkType('fileLink:class', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> data.theClass = s<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:lang(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'lang')<br /> checkType('fileLink:lang', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> data.theLang = s<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function checkTypeStringOrNum(funcName, pos, arg)<br /> local argType = type(arg)<br /> if argType ~= 'nil' and argType ~= 'string' and argType ~= 'number' then<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;bad argument #%d to '%s' (string or number expected, got %s)&quot;,<br /> pos,<br /> funcName,<br /> argType<br /> ), 3)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:startTime(time)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'startTime')<br /> checkTypeStringOrNum('fileLink:startTime', 1, time)<br /> data.theStartTime = time<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:endTime(time)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'endTime')<br /> checkTypeStringOrNum('fileLink:endTime', 1, time)<br /> data.theEndTime = time<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:thumbTime(time)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'thumbTime')<br /> checkTypeStringOrNum('fileLink:thumbTime', 1, time)<br /> data.theThumbTime = time<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:caption(s)<br /> checkSelf(self, 'caption')<br /> checkType('fileLink:caption', 1, s, 'string', true)<br /> data.theCaption = s<br /> return self<br /> end<br /> <br /> function data:render()<br /> checkSelf(self, 'render')<br /> local ret = {}<br /> <br /> -- Filename<br /> if not data.theName then<br /> error('fileLink:render: no filename was found')<br /> end<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. data.theName<br /> <br /> -- Format<br /> if data.theFormat and data.theFormatFilename then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = data.theFormat .. '=' .. data.theFormatFilename<br /> elseif data.theFormat then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = data.theFormat<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Border<br /> if data.hasBorder then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = 'border'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Location<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = data.theLocation<br /> <br /> -- Alignment<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = data.theAlignment<br /> <br /> -- Size<br /> if data.isUpright and data.uprightFactor then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = 'upright=' .. tostring(data.uprightFactor)<br /> elseif data.isUpright then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = 'upright'<br /> elseif data.theWidth and data.theHeight then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = string.format('%dx%dpx', data.theWidth, data.theHeight)<br /> elseif data.theWidth then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(data.theWidth) .. 'px'<br /> elseif data.theHeight then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = string.format('x%dpx', data.theHeight)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Render named parameters.<br /> -- That includes link, alt, page, class, lang, start, end, and thumbtime.<br /> do<br /> local namedParameters = {<br /> {'link', 'theLink'},<br /> {'alt', 'theAlt'},<br /> {'page', 'thePage'},<br /> {'class', 'theClass'},<br /> {'lang', 'theLang'},<br /> {'start', 'theStartTime'},<br /> {'end', 'theEndTime'},<br /> {'thumbtime', 'theThumbTime'}<br /> }<br /> for i, t in ipairs(namedParameters) do<br /> local parameter = t[1]<br /> local value = data[t[2]]<br /> if value then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = parameter .. '=' .. tostring(value)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Caption<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = data.theCaption<br /> <br /> return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|'))<br /> end<br /> <br /> local privateFields = {<br /> theName = true,<br /> theFormat = true,<br /> theFormatFilename = true,<br /> theWidth = true,<br /> theHeight = true,<br /> isUpright = true,<br /> uprightFactor = true,<br /> theLocation = true,<br /> theAlignment = true,<br /> hasBorder = true,<br /> theLink = true,<br /> theAlt = true,<br /> thePage = true,<br /> theClass = true,<br /> theLang = true,<br /> theCaption = true<br /> }<br /> <br /> local readOnlyFields = {}<br /> for field in pairs(data) do<br /> readOnlyFields[field] = true<br /> end<br /> readOnlyFields.theName = nil -- This is set if a filename is given to fileLink.new, so remove it.<br /> <br /> local function restrictedFieldError(key, restriction)<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;fileLink object field '%s' is %s&quot;,<br /> tostring(key),<br /> restriction<br /> ), 3)<br /> end<br /> <br /> setmetatable(obj, {<br /> __index = function (t, key)<br /> if privateFields[key] then<br /> restrictedFieldError(key, 'private')<br /> else<br /> return data[key]<br /> end<br /> end,<br /> __newindex = function (t, key, value)<br /> if privateFields[key] then<br /> restrictedFieldError(key, 'private')<br /> elseif readOnlyFields[key] then<br /> restrictedFieldError(key, 'read-only')<br /> else<br /> data[key] = value<br /> end<br /> end,<br /> __tostring = function (t)<br /> return t:render()<br /> end,<br /> __pairs = function ()<br /> local temp = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(data) do<br /> if not privateFields[k] then<br /> temp[k] = v<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return pairs(temp)<br /> end<br /> })<br /> <br /> return obj<br /> end<br /> <br /> return fileLink</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Hatnote 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Module:Hatnote --<br /> -- --<br /> -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It --<br /> -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format hatnote link}} meta-templates, and --<br /> -- includes helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')<br /> local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType<br /> local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]]<br /> local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]]<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Helper functions<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local function getArgs(frame)<br /> -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and<br /> -- blanks are removed.<br /> mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')<br /> return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true})<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function removeInitialColon(s)<br /> -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present.<br /> return s:match('^:?(.*)')<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon)<br /> -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This<br /> -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons<br /> -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon<br /> -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to true.<br /> checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string')<br /> checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true)<br /> if removeColon ~= false then<br /> link = removeInitialColon(link)<br /> end<br /> local namespace = link:match('^(.-):')<br /> if namespace then<br /> local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace]<br /> if nsTable then<br /> return nsTable.id<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return 0<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.formatPages(...)<br /> -- Formats a list of pages using formatLink and returns it as an array. Nil<br /> -- values are not allowed.<br /> local pages = {...}<br /> local ret = {}<br /> for i, page in ipairs(pages) do<br /> ret[i] = p._formatLink(page)<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.formatPageTables(...)<br /> -- Takes a list of page/display tables and returns it as a list of<br /> -- formatted links. Nil values are not allowed.<br /> local pages = {...}<br /> local links = {}<br /> for i, t in ipairs(pages) do<br /> checkType('formatPageTables', i, t, 'table')<br /> local link = t[1]<br /> local display = t[2]<br /> links[i] = p._formatLink(link, display)<br /> end<br /> return links<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory)<br /> -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If<br /> -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from<br /> -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category<br /> -- is added.<br /> checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string')<br /> checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true)<br /> yesno = require('Module:Yesno')<br /> local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> -- Make the help link text.<br /> local helpText<br /> if helpLink then<br /> helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])'<br /> else<br /> helpText = ''<br /> end<br /> -- Make the category text.<br /> local category<br /> if not title.isTalkPage and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false then<br /> category = 'Hatnote templates with errors'<br /> category = string.format(<br /> '[[%s:%s]]',<br /> mw.site.namespaces[14].name,<br /> category<br /> )<br /> else<br /> category = ''<br /> end<br /> return string.format(<br /> '&lt;strong class=&quot;error&quot;&gt;Error: %s%s.&lt;/strong&gt;%s',<br /> msg,<br /> helpText,<br /> category<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Format link<br /> --<br /> -- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped<br /> -- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed<br /> -- with &quot; § &quot; as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki &quot;#&quot;. Used in<br /> -- the {{format hatnote link}} template.<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> function p.formatLink(frame)<br /> local args = getArgs(frame)<br /> local link = args[1]<br /> local display = args[2]<br /> if not link then<br /> return p.makeWikitextError(<br /> 'no link specified',<br /> 'Template:Format hatnote link#Errors',<br /> args.category<br /> )<br /> end<br /> return p._formatLink(link, display)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._formatLink(link, display)<br /> -- Find whether we need to use the colon trick or not. We need to use the<br /> -- colon trick for categories and files, as otherwise category links<br /> -- categorise the page and file links display the file.<br /> checkType('_formatLink', 1, link, 'string')<br /> checkType('_formatLink', 2, display, 'string', true)<br /> link = removeInitialColon(link)<br /> local namespace = p.findNamespaceId(link, false)<br /> local colon<br /> if namespace == 6 or namespace == 14 then<br /> colon = ':'<br /> else<br /> colon = ''<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Find the display value.<br /> if not display then<br /> local page, section = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$')<br /> if page then<br /> display = page .. ' § ' .. section<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Assemble the link.<br /> if display then<br /> return string.format('[[%s%s|%s]]', colon, link, display)<br /> else<br /> return string.format('[[%s%s]]', colon, link)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Hatnote<br /> --<br /> -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template.<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> function p.hatnote(frame)<br /> local args = getArgs(frame)<br /> local s = args[1]<br /> local options = {}<br /> if not s then<br /> return p.makeWikitextError(<br /> 'no text specified',<br /> 'Template:Hatnote#Errors',<br /> args.category<br /> )<br /> end<br /> options.extraclasses = args.extraclasses<br /> options.selfref = args.selfref<br /> return p._hatnote(s, options)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._hatnote(s, options)<br /> checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string')<br /> checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true)<br /> local classes = {'hatnote'}<br /> local extraclasses = options.extraclasses<br /> local selfref = options.selfref<br /> if type(extraclasses) == 'string' then<br /> classes[#classes + 1] = extraclasses<br /> end<br /> if selfref then<br /> classes[#classes + 1] = 'selfref'<br /> end<br /> return string.format(<br /> '&lt;div class=&quot;%s&quot;&gt;%s&lt;/div&gt;',<br /> table.concat(classes, ' '),<br /> s<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:HtmlBuilder 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- Module for building complex HTML (e.g. infoboxes, navboxes) using a fluent interface.<br /> <br /> local HtmlBuilder = {}<br /> <br /> local metatable = {}<br /> <br /> metatable.__index = function(t, key)<br /> local ret = rawget(t, key)<br /> if ret then<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> ret = metatable[key]<br /> if type(ret) == 'function' then<br /> return function(...) <br /> return ret(t, ...) <br /> end <br /> else<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.__tostring = function(t)<br /> local ret = {}<br /> t._build(ret)<br /> return table.concat(ret)<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable._build = function(t, ret)<br /> if t.tagName then <br /> table.insert(ret, '&lt;' .. t.tagName)<br /> for i, attr in ipairs(t.attributes) do<br /> table.insert(ret, ' ' .. attr.name .. '=&quot;' .. attr.val .. '&quot;') <br /> end<br /> if #t.styles &gt; 0 then<br /> table.insert(ret, ' style=&quot;')<br /> for i, prop in ipairs(t.styles) do<br /> if type(prop) == 'string' then -- added with cssText()<br /> table.insert(ret, prop .. ';')<br /> else -- added with css()<br /> table.insert(ret, prop.name .. ':' .. prop.val .. ';')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> table.insert(ret, '&quot;')<br /> end<br /> if t.selfClosing then<br /> table.insert(ret, ' /')<br /> end<br /> table.insert(ret, '&gt;') <br /> end<br /> for i, node in ipairs(t.nodes) do<br /> if node then<br /> if type(node) == 'table' then<br /> node._build(ret)<br /> else<br /> table.insert(ret, tostring(node))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if t.tagName and not t.unclosed and not t.selfClosing then<br /> table.insert(ret, '&lt;/' .. t.tagName .. '&gt;')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.node = function(t, builder)<br /> if builder then<br /> table.insert(t.nodes, builder)<br /> end<br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.wikitext = function(t, ...) <br /> local vals = {...}<br /> for i = 1, #vals do<br /> if vals[i] then<br /> table.insert(t.nodes, vals[i])<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.newline = function(t)<br /> table.insert(t.nodes, '\n')<br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.tag = function(t, tagName, args)<br /> args = args or {}<br /> args.parent = t<br /> local builder = HtmlBuilder.create(tagName, args)<br /> table.insert(t.nodes, builder)<br /> return builder<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function getAttr(t, name)<br /> for i, attr in ipairs(t.attributes) do<br /> if attr.name == name then<br /> return attr<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.attr = function(t, name, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' or type(val) == 'number' then<br /> -- if caller sets the style attribute explicitly, then replace all styles previously added with css() and cssText()<br /> if name == 'style' then<br /> t.styles = {val}<br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> local attr = getAttr(t, name)<br /> if attr then<br /> attr.val = val<br /> else<br /> table.insert(t.attributes, {name = name, val = val})<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.addClass = function(t, class)<br /> if class then<br /> local attr = getAttr(t, 'class')<br /> if attr then<br /> attr.val = attr.val .. ' ' .. class<br /> else<br /> t.attr('class', class)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.css = function(t, name, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' or type(val) == 'number' then<br /> for i, prop in ipairs(t.styles) do<br /> if prop.name == name then<br /> prop.val = val<br /> return t<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> table.insert(t.styles, {name = name, val = val})<br /> end<br /> <br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.cssText = function(t, css)<br /> if css then<br /> table.insert(t.styles, css)<br /> end<br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.done = function(t)<br /> return t.parent or t<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.allDone = function(t)<br /> while t.parent do<br /> t = t.parent<br /> end<br /> return t<br /> end<br /> <br /> function HtmlBuilder.create(tagName, args)<br /> args = args or {}<br /> local builder = {}<br /> setmetatable(builder, metatable)<br /> builder.nodes = {}<br /> builder.attributes = {}<br /> builder.styles = {}<br /> builder.tagName = tagName<br /> builder.parent = args.parent<br /> builder.unclosed = args.unclosed or false<br /> builder.selfClosing = args.selfClosing or false<br /> return builder<br /> end<br /> <br /> return HtmlBuilder</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Infobox 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--<br /> -- This module implements {{Infobox}}<br /> --<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> local HtmlBuilder = require('Module:HtmlBuilder')<br /> <br /> local args = {}<br /> local origArgs<br /> local root<br /> <br /> local function union(t1, t2)<br /> -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence.<br /> local vals = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(t1) do<br /> vals[v] = true<br /> end<br /> for k, v in pairs(t2) do<br /> vals[v] = true<br /> end<br /> local ret = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(vals) do<br /> table.insert(ret, k)<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function getArgNums(prefix)<br /> -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist<br /> -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and<br /> -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}.<br /> local nums = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(args) do<br /> local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')<br /> if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end<br /> end<br /> table.sort(nums)<br /> return nums<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function addRow(rowArgs)<br /> -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell<br /> -- or a label/data cell combination.<br /> if rowArgs.header then<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .addClass(rowArgs.rowclass)<br /> .attr('id', rowArgs.rowid)<br /> .tag('th')<br /> .attr('colspan', 2)<br /> .attr('id', rowArgs.headerid)<br /> .addClass(rowArgs.class)<br /> .addClass(args.headerclass)<br /> .css('text-align', 'center')<br /> .cssText(args.headerstyle)<br /> .wikitext(rowArgs.header)<br /> elseif rowArgs.data then<br /> local row = root.tag('tr')<br /> row.addClass(rowArgs.rowclass)<br /> row.attr('id', rowArgs.rowid)<br /> if rowArgs.label then<br /> row<br /> .tag('th')<br /> .attr('scope', 'row')<br /> .attr('id', rowArgs.labelid)<br /> .css('text-align', 'left')<br /> .cssText(args.labelstyle)<br /> .wikitext(rowArgs.label)<br /> .done()<br /> end<br /> <br /> local dataCell = row.tag('td')<br /> if not rowArgs.label then <br /> dataCell<br /> .attr('colspan', 2)<br /> .css('text-align', 'center') <br /> end<br /> dataCell<br /> .attr('id', rowArgs.dataid)<br /> .addClass(rowArgs.class)<br /> .cssText(rowArgs.datastyle)<br /> .newline()<br /> .wikitext(rowArgs.data)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderTitle()<br /> if not args.title then return end<br /> <br /> root<br /> .tag('caption')<br /> .addClass(args.titleclass)<br /> .cssText(args.titlestyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.title)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderAboveRow()<br /> if not args.above then return end<br /> <br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('th')<br /> .attr('colspan', 2)<br /> .addClass(args.aboveclass)<br /> .css('text-align', 'center')<br /> .css('font-size', '125%')<br /> .css('font-weight', 'bold')<br /> .cssText(args.abovestyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.above)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderBelowRow()<br /> if not args.below then return end<br /> <br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .attr('colspan', '2')<br /> .addClass(args.belowclass)<br /> .css('text-align', 'center')<br /> .cssText(args.belowstyle)<br /> .newline()<br /> .wikitext(args.below)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderSubheaders()<br /> if args.subheader then<br /> args.subheader1 = args.subheader<br /> end<br /> if args.subheaderrowclass then<br /> args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass<br /> end<br /> local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader')<br /> for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do<br /> addRow({<br /> data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)],<br /> datastyle = args.subheaderstyle or args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)],<br /> class = args.subheaderclass,<br /> rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)]<br /> })<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderImages()<br /> if args.image then<br /> args.image1 = args.image<br /> end<br /> if args.caption then<br /> args.caption1 = args.caption<br /> end<br /> local imagenums = getArgNums('image')<br /> for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do<br /> local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)]<br /> local data = HtmlBuilder.create().wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)])<br /> if caption then<br /> data<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .cssText(args.captionstyle)<br /> .wikitext(caption)<br /> end<br /> addRow({<br /> data = tostring(data),<br /> datastyle = args.imagestyle,<br /> class = args.imageclass,<br /> rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)]<br /> })<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderRows()<br /> -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers,<br /> -- and renders them all in order using addRow.<br /> local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data'))<br /> table.sort(rownums)<br /> for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do<br /> addRow({<br /> header = args['header' .. tostring(num)],<br /> label = args['label' .. tostring(num)],<br /> data = args['data' .. tostring(num)],<br /> datastyle = args.datastyle,<br /> class = args['class' .. tostring(num)],<br /> rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)],<br /> dataid = args['dataid' .. tostring(num)],<br /> labelid = args['labelid' .. tostring(num)],<br /> headerid = args['headerid' .. tostring(num)],<br /> rowid = args['rowid' .. tostring(num)]<br /> })<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderNavBar()<br /> if not args.name then return end<br /> <br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .attr('colspan', '2')<br /> .css('text-align', 'right')<br /> .wikitext(mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate({ <br /> title = 'navbar', <br /> args = { args.name, mini = 1 }<br /> }))<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderItalicTitle()<br /> local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title'])<br /> if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then<br /> root.wikitext(mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate({title = 'italic title'}))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function renderTrackingCategories()<br /> if args.decat ~= 'yes' then<br /> if #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then<br /> root.wikitext('[[Category:Articles which use infobox templates with no data rows]]')<br /> end<br /> if args.child == 'yes' and args.title then<br /> root.wikitext('[[Category:Articles which use embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function _infobox()<br /> -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings<br /> -- if the infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox.<br /> if args.child ~= 'yes' then<br /> root = HtmlBuilder.create('table')<br /> <br /> root<br /> .addClass('infobox')<br /> .addClass(args.bodyclass)<br /> .attr('cellspacing', 3)<br /> .css('border-spacing', '3px')<br /> <br /> if args.subbox == 'yes' then<br /> root<br /> .css('padding', '0')<br /> .css('border', 'none')<br /> .css('margin', '-3px')<br /> .css('width', 'auto')<br /> .css('min-width', '100%')<br /> .css('font-size', '100%')<br /> .css('clear', 'none')<br /> .css('float', 'none')<br /> .css('background-color', 'transparent')<br /> else<br /> root<br /> .css('width', '22em')<br /> end<br /> root<br /> .cssText(args.bodystyle)<br /> <br /> renderTitle()<br /> renderAboveRow()<br /> else<br /> root = HtmlBuilder.create()<br /> <br /> root<br /> .wikitext(args.title)<br /> end<br /> <br /> renderSubheaders()<br /> renderImages() <br /> renderRows() <br /> renderBelowRow() <br /> renderNavBar()<br /> renderItalicTitle()<br /> renderTrackingCategories()<br /> <br /> return tostring(root)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function preprocessSingleArg(argName)<br /> -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table.<br /> -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions.<br /> if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then<br /> args[argName] = origArgs[argName]<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step)<br /> -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in batches<br /> -- of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from appearing in the<br /> -- wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing tables, each of which has<br /> -- two possible fields, a &quot;prefix&quot; string and a &quot;depend&quot; table. The function always parses<br /> -- parameters containing the &quot;prefix&quot; string, but only parses parameters in the &quot;depend&quot;<br /> -- table if the prefix parameter is present and non-blank.<br /> if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then<br /> error(&quot;Non-table value detected for the prefix table&quot;, 2)<br /> end<br /> if type(step) ~= 'number' then<br /> error(&quot;Invalid step value detected&quot;, 2)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input.<br /> for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do<br /> if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= &quot;string&quot; or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then<br /> error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2)<br /> end<br /> preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix)<br /> -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present and not blank.<br /> if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then<br /> for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do<br /> if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then<br /> error('Invalid &quot;depend&quot; parameter value detected in preprocessArgs')<br /> end<br /> preprocessSingleArg(dependValue)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get arguments with number suffixes.<br /> local a = 1 -- Counter variable.<br /> local moreArgumentsExist = true<br /> while moreArgumentsExist == true do<br /> moreArgumentsExist = false<br /> for i = a, a + step - 1 do<br /> for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do<br /> local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i)<br /> if origArgs[prefixArgName] then<br /> moreArgumentsExist = true -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones.<br /> preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName)<br /> end<br /> -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present and not blank, or<br /> -- we are processing &quot;prefix1&quot; and &quot;prefix&quot; is present and not blank, and<br /> -- if the depend table is present.<br /> if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then<br /> for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do<br /> local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i)<br /> preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> a = a + step<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.infobox(frame)<br /> -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template.<br /> -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in.<br /> if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then<br /> origArgs = frame:getParent().args<br /> else<br /> origArgs = frame<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so that<br /> -- references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that depend on<br /> -- another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, to avoid<br /> -- phantom references appearing in article reference lists.<br /> preprocessSingleArg('child')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('subbox')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('title')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('titleclass')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('above')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle')<br /> preprocessArgs({<br /> {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}}<br /> }, 10)<br /> preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass')<br /> preprocessArgs({<br /> {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}}<br /> }, 10)<br /> preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('imageclass')<br /> preprocessArgs({<br /> {prefix = 'header'},<br /> {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}},<br /> {prefix = 'rowclass'},<br /> {prefix = 'class'},<br /> {prefix = 'dataid'},<br /> {prefix = 'labelid'},<br /> {prefix = 'headerid'},<br /> {prefix = 'rowid'}<br /> }, 50)<br /> preprocessSingleArg('headerclass')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('datastyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('below')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('belowclass')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle')<br /> preprocessSingleArg('name')<br /> args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] -- different behaviour if blank or absent<br /> preprocessSingleArg('decat')<br /> <br /> return _infobox()<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:List 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted,<br /> -- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported.<br /> <br /> local libUtil = require('libraryUtil')<br /> local checkType = libUtil.checkType<br /> local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools')<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> local listTypes = {<br /> ['bulleted'] = true,<br /> ['unbulleted'] = true,<br /> ['horizontal'] = true,<br /> ['ordered'] = true,<br /> ['horizontal_ordered'] = true<br /> }<br /> <br /> function p.makeListData(listType, args)<br /> -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList.<br /> local data = {}<br /> <br /> -- Classes<br /> data.classes = {}<br /> if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then<br /> table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist')<br /> elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then<br /> table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist')<br /> end<br /> table.insert(data.classes, args.class)<br /> <br /> -- Main div style<br /> data.style = args.style<br /> <br /> -- Indent for horizontal lists<br /> if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then<br /> local indent = tonumber(args.indent)<br /> indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0<br /> if indent &gt; 0 then<br /> data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- List style types for ordered lists<br /> -- This could be &quot;1, 2, 3&quot;, &quot;a, b, c&quot;, or a number of others. The list style<br /> -- type is either set by the &quot;type&quot; attribute or the &quot;list-style-type&quot; CSS<br /> -- property.<br /> if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then <br /> data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type']<br /> data.type = args['type']<br /> <br /> -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to<br /> -- list-style-type CSS properties.<br /> if data.type <br /> and not data.listStyleType<br /> and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$')<br /> then<br /> data.listStyleType = data.type<br /> data.type = nil<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- List tag type<br /> if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then<br /> data.listTag = 'ol'<br /> else<br /> data.listTag = 'ul'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Start number for ordered lists<br /> data.start = args.start<br /> if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then<br /> -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists.<br /> local startNum = tonumber(data.start)<br /> if startNum then<br /> data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- List style<br /> -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No<br /> -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists.<br /> data.listStyle = args.list_style<br /> <br /> -- List items<br /> -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included<br /> -- to be easier to understand for non-coders.<br /> data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style<br /> data.items = {}<br /> for i, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do<br /> local item = {}<br /> item.content = args[num]<br /> item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style']<br /> or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)]<br /> item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value']<br /> or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)]<br /> table.insert(data.items, item)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return data<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.renderList(data)<br /> -- Renders the list HTML.<br /> <br /> -- Return the blank string if there are no list items.<br /> if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items &lt; 1 then<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Render the main div tag.<br /> local root = mw.html.create('div')<br /> for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do<br /> root:addClass(class)<br /> end<br /> root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft}<br /> if data.style then<br /> root:cssText(data.style)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Render the list tag.<br /> local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul')<br /> list<br /> :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type}<br /> :css{<br /> ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset,<br /> ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType<br /> }<br /> if data.listStyle then<br /> list:cssText(data.listStyle)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Render the list items<br /> for i, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do<br /> local item = list:tag('li')<br /> if data.itemStyle then<br /> item:cssText(data.itemStyle)<br /> end<br /> if t.style then<br /> item:cssText(t.style)<br /> end<br /> item<br /> :attr{value = t.value}<br /> :wikitext(t.content)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return tostring(root)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.renderTrackingCategories(args)<br /> local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters.<br /> for k, v in pairs(args) do<br /> k = tostring(k)<br /> if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then<br /> isDeprecated = true<br /> break<br /> end<br /> end<br /> local ret = ''<br /> if isDeprecated then<br /> ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]'<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeList(listType, args)<br /> if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)&quot;,<br /> tostring(listType)<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table')<br /> local data = p.makeListData(listType, args)<br /> local list = p.renderList(data)<br /> local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args)<br /> return list .. trackingCategories<br /> end<br /> <br /> for listType in pairs(listTypes) do<br /> p[listType] = function (frame)<br /> local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')<br /> local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame)<br /> -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing.<br /> local args = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do<br /> args[k] = v<br /> end<br /> return p.makeList(listType, args)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Lua_banner 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module implements the {{lua}} template.<br /> <br /> local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')<br /> local mList = require('Module:List')<br /> local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools')<br /> local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box')<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> function p.main(frame)<br /> local origArgs = frame:getParent().args<br /> local args = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do<br /> v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> if v ~= '' then<br /> args[k] = v<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return p._main(args)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._main(args)<br /> local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args)<br /> local box = p.renderBox(modules)<br /> local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules)<br /> return box .. trackingCategories<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.renderBox(modules)<br /> local boxArgs = {}<br /> if #modules &lt; 1 then<br /> boxArgs.text = '&lt;strong class=&quot;error&quot;&gt;Error: no modules specified&lt;/strong&gt;'<br /> else<br /> local moduleLinks = {}<br /> for i, module in ipairs(modules) do<br /> moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module)<br /> end<br /> local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks)<br /> boxArgs.text = 'Uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList<br /> end<br /> boxArgs.type = 'notice'<br /> boxArgs.small = true<br /> boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-logo-nolabel.svg|30px|alt=Lua logo|link=Wikipedia:Lua]]'<br /> return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj)<br /> if yesno(args.nocat) then<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> <br /> local cats = {}<br /> <br /> -- Error category<br /> if #modules &lt; 1 then<br /> cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Lua templates category<br /> titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> local subpageBlacklist = {<br /> doc = true,<br /> sandbox = true,<br /> sandbox2 = true,<br /> testcases = true<br /> }<br /> if titleObj.namespace == 10 <br /> and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText]<br /> then<br /> local category = args.category<br /> if not category then<br /> local categories = {<br /> ['Module:String'] = 'Lua String-based templates',<br /> ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module',<br /> ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module',<br /> ['Module:Citation'] = 'Lua-based citation templates'<br /> }<br /> categories['Module:Citation/CS1'] = categories['Module:Citation']<br /> category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]]<br /> category = category or 'Lua-based templates'<br /> end<br /> cats[#cats + 1] = category<br /> end<br /> <br /> for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do<br /> cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)<br /> end<br /> return table.concat(cats)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Message_box 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including<br /> -- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}.<br /> <br /> -- Require necessary modules.<br /> local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs<br /> local htmlBuilder = require('Module:HtmlBuilder')<br /> local categoryHandler = require('Module:Category handler').main<br /> local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')<br /> <br /> -- Load the configuration page.<br /> local cfgTables = mw.loadData('Module:Message box/configuration')<br /> <br /> -- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst.<br /> local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()<br /> <br /> -- Set aliases for often-used functions to reduce table lookups.<br /> local format = mw.ustring.format<br /> local tinsert = table.insert<br /> local tconcat = table.concat<br /> local trim = mw.text.trim<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Helper functions<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local function getTitleObject(page, ...)<br /> if type(page) == 'string' then<br /> -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall <br /> -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.<br /> local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, page, ...)<br /> if success then<br /> return title<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function union(t1, t2)<br /> -- Returns the union of two arrays.<br /> local vals = {}<br /> for i, v in ipairs(t1) do<br /> vals[v] = true<br /> end<br /> for i, v in ipairs(t2) do<br /> vals[v] = true<br /> end<br /> local ret = {}<br /> for k in pairs(vals) do<br /> tinsert(ret, k)<br /> end<br /> table.sort(ret)<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function getArgNums(args, prefix)<br /> local nums = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(args) do<br /> local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')<br /> if num then<br /> tinsert(nums, tonumber(num))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> table.sort(nums)<br /> return nums<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Box class definition<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local box = {}<br /> box.__index = box<br /> <br /> function box.new()<br /> local obj = {}<br /> setmetatable(obj, box)<br /> return obj<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box.getNamespaceId(ns)<br /> if not ns then return end<br /> if type(ns) == 'string' then<br /> ns = lang:ucfirst(mw.ustring.lower(ns))<br /> if ns == 'Main' then<br /> ns = 0<br /> end<br /> end<br /> local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]<br /> if nsTable then<br /> return nsTable.id<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box.getMboxType(nsid)<br /> -- Gets the mbox type from a namespace number.<br /> if nsid == 0 then<br /> return 'ambox' -- main namespace<br /> elseif nsid == 6 then<br /> return 'imbox' -- file namespace<br /> elseif nsid == 14 then<br /> return 'cmbox' -- category namespace<br /> else<br /> local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[nsid]<br /> if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then<br /> return 'tmbox' -- any talk namespace<br /> else<br /> return 'ombox' -- other namespaces or invalid input<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:addCat(ns, cat, sort)<br /> if type(cat) ~= 'string' then return end<br /> local nsVals = {'main', 'template', 'all'}<br /> local tname<br /> for i, val in ipairs(nsVals) do<br /> if ns == val then<br /> tname = ns .. 'Cats'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if not tname then<br /> for i, val in ipairs(nsVals) do<br /> nsVals[i] = format('&quot;%s&quot;', val)<br /> end<br /> error(<br /> 'invalid ns parameter passed to box:addCat; valid values are '<br /> .. mw.text.listToText(nsVals, nil, ' or ')<br /> )<br /> end<br /> self[tname] = self[tname] or {}<br /> if type(sort) == 'string' then<br /> tinsert(self[tname], format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort))<br /> else<br /> tinsert(self[tname], format('[[Category:%s]]', cat))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:addClass(class)<br /> if type(class) ~= 'string' then return end<br /> self.classes = self.classes or {}<br /> tinsert(self.classes, class)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:addAttr(attr, val)<br /> if type(attr) ~= 'string' or type(val) ~= 'string' then return end<br /> self.attrs = self.attrs or {}<br /> tinsert(self.attrs, attr)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:setTitle(args)<br /> -- Get the title object and the namespace.<br /> self.pageTitle = getTitleObject(args.page ~= '' and args.page)<br /> self.title = self.pageTitle or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> self.demospace = args.demospace ~= '' and args.demospace or nil<br /> self.nsid = box.getNamespaceId(self.demospace) or self.title.namespace<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:getConfig(boxType)<br /> -- Get the box config data from the data page.<br /> if boxType == 'mbox' then<br /> boxType = box.getMboxType(self.nsid)<br /> end<br /> local cfg = cfgTables[boxType]<br /> if not cfg then<br /> local boxTypes = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(dataTables) do<br /> tinsert(boxTypes, format('&quot;%s&quot;', k))<br /> end<br /> tinsert(boxTypes, '&quot;mbox&quot;')<br /> error(format(<br /> 'invalid message box type &quot;%s&quot;; valid types are %s',<br /> tostring(boxType),<br /> mw.text.listToText(boxTypes)<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> return cfg<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:removeBlankArgs(cfg, args)<br /> -- Only allow blank arguments for the parameter names listed in<br /> -- cfg.allowBlankParams.<br /> local newArgs = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(args) do<br /> if v ~= '' then<br /> newArgs[k] = v<br /> end<br /> end<br /> for i, param in ipairs(cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do<br /> newArgs[param] = args[param]<br /> end<br /> return newArgs<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:setBoxParameters(cfg, args)<br /> -- Get type data.<br /> self.type = args.type<br /> local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]<br /> self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError<br /> and self.type<br /> and not typeData<br /> and true<br /> or false<br /> typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]<br /> self.typeClass = typeData.class<br /> self.typeImage = typeData.image<br /> <br /> -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.<br /> if cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' then<br /> self.isSubstituted = true<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Find whether we are using a small message box.<br /> if cfg.allowSmall and (<br /> cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam<br /> or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)<br /> )<br /> then<br /> self.isSmall = true<br /> else<br /> self.isSmall = false<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add attributes, classes and styles.<br /> if cfg.allowId then<br /> self.id = args.id<br /> end<br /> self:addClass(<br /> cfg.usePlainlinksParam and yesno(args.plainlinks or true) and 'plainlinks'<br /> )<br /> for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do<br /> self:addClass(class)<br /> end<br /> if self.isSmall then<br /> self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small')<br /> end<br /> self:addClass(self.typeClass)<br /> self:addClass(args.class)<br /> self.style = args.style<br /> self.attrs = args.attrs<br /> <br /> -- Set text style.<br /> self.textstyle = args.textstyle<br /> <br /> -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only<br /> -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory<br /> -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.<br /> self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields<br /> if self.useCollapsibleTextFields<br /> or cfg.templateCategory<br /> and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName<br /> then<br /> self.name = args.name<br /> if self.name then<br /> local templateName = mw.ustring.match(<br /> self.name,<br /> '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$'<br /> ) or self.name<br /> templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName<br /> self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)<br /> end<br /> self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle<br /> and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)<br /> or false<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only<br /> -- used in {{ambox}}.<br /> if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then<br /> -- Get the self.issue value.<br /> if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then<br /> self.issue = args.smalltext<br /> else<br /> local sect<br /> if args.sect == '' then<br /> sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page')<br /> elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then<br /> sect = 'This ' .. args.sect<br /> end<br /> local issue = args.issue<br /> issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil<br /> local text = args.text<br /> text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil<br /> local issues = {}<br /> tinsert(issues, sect)<br /> tinsert(issues, issue)<br /> tinsert(issues, text)<br /> self.issue = tconcat(issues, ' ')<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get the self.talk value.<br /> local talk = args.talk<br /> -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk<br /> -- parameter is blank.<br /> if talk == ''<br /> and self.templateTitle <br /> and (<br /> mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)<br /> or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)<br /> )<br /> then<br /> talk = '#'<br /> elseif talk == '' then<br /> talk = nil<br /> end<br /> if talk then<br /> -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else<br /> -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk<br /> -- page of the current page with that section heading.<br /> local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)<br /> local talkArgIsTalkPage = true<br /> if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then<br /> talkArgIsTalkPage = false<br /> talkTitle = getTitleObject(<br /> self.title.text,<br /> mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id<br /> )<br /> end<br /> if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then<br /> local talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on'<br /> if talkArgIsTalkPage then<br /> talkText = format(<br /> '%s [[%s|%s]].',<br /> talkText,<br /> talk,<br /> talkTitle.prefixedText<br /> )<br /> else<br /> talkText = format(<br /> '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].',<br /> talkText,<br /> talkTitle.prefixedText,<br /> talk<br /> )<br /> end<br /> self.talk = talkText<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get other values.<br /> self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil<br /> local date<br /> if args.date and args.date ~= '' then<br /> date = args.date<br /> elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then<br /> date = lang:formatDate('F Y')<br /> end<br /> if date then<br /> self.date = format(&quot; &lt;small&gt;''(%s)''&lt;/small&gt;&quot;, date)<br /> end<br /> self.info = args.info<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box<br /> -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.<br /> if self.isSmall then<br /> self.text = args.smalltext or args.text<br /> else<br /> self.text = args.text<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set the below row.<br /> self.below = cfg.below and args.below<br /> <br /> -- General image settings.<br /> self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv and true or false<br /> self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell<br /> if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then<br /> self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Left image settings.<br /> local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image<br /> if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none'<br /> or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none'<br /> then<br /> self.imageLeft = imageLeft<br /> if not imageLeft then<br /> local imageSize = self.isSmall<br /> and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px')<br /> or '40x40px'<br /> self.imageLeft = format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage<br /> or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Right image settings.<br /> local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright<br /> if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then<br /> self.imageRight = imageRight<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add mainspace categories. At the moment these are only used in {{ambox}}.<br /> if cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then<br /> if args.cat then<br /> args.cat1 = args.cat<br /> end<br /> self.catNums = getArgNums(args, 'cat')<br /> if args.category then<br /> args.category1 = args.category<br /> end<br /> self.categoryNums = getArgNums(args, 'category')<br /> if args.all then<br /> args.all1 = args.all<br /> end<br /> self.allNums = getArgNums(args, 'all')<br /> self.categoryParamNums = union(self.catNums, self.categoryNums)<br /> self.categoryParamNums = union(self.categoryParamNums, self.allNums)<br /> -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.<br /> local date = args.date<br /> date = type(date) == 'string' and date<br /> local preposition = 'from'<br /> for _, num in ipairs(self.categoryParamNums) do<br /> local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)]<br /> or args['category' .. tostring(num)]<br /> local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)]<br /> mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat<br /> allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat<br /> if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then<br /> local catTitle = format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date)<br /> self:addCat('main', catTitle)<br /> catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle)<br /> if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then<br /> self:addCat(<br /> 'main',<br /> 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template'<br /> )<br /> end<br /> elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then<br /> self:addCat('main', mainCat)<br /> end<br /> if allCat then<br /> self:addCat('main', allCat)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add template-namespace categories.<br /> if cfg.templateCategory then<br /> if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then<br /> if self.isTemplatePage then<br /> self:addCat('template', cfg.templateCategory)<br /> end<br /> elseif not self.title.isSubpage then<br /> self:addCat('template', cfg.templateCategory)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add template error category.<br /> if cfg.templateErrorCategory then<br /> local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory<br /> local templateCat, templateSort<br /> if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then<br /> templateCat = templateErrorCategory<br /> elseif self.isTemplatePage then<br /> local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}<br /> local count = 0<br /> for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do<br /> if not args[param] then<br /> count = count + 1<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if count &gt; 0 then<br /> templateCat = templateErrorCategory<br /> templateSort = tostring(count)<br /> end<br /> if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums &gt; 0 then<br /> templateCat = templateErrorCategory<br /> templateSort = 'C'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> self:addCat('template', templateCat, templateSort)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Categories for all namespaces.<br /> if self.invalidTypeError then<br /> local allSort = (self.nsid == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText<br /> self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort)<br /> end<br /> if self.isSubstituted then<br /> self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates')<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through<br /> -- [[Module:Category handler]].<br /> self.categories = categoryHandler{<br /> main = tconcat(self.mainCats or {}),<br /> template = tconcat(self.templateCats or {}),<br /> all = tconcat(self.allCats or {}),<br /> nocat = args.nocat,<br /> demospace = self.demospace,<br /> page = self.pageTitle and self.pageTitle.prefixedText or nil<br /> }<br /> end<br /> <br /> function box:export()<br /> local root = htmlBuilder.create()<br /> <br /> -- Add the subst check error.<br /> if self.isSubstituted and self.name then<br /> root<br /> .tag('b')<br /> .addClass('error')<br /> .wikitext(format(<br /> 'Template &lt;code&gt;%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s&lt;/code&gt; has been incorrectly substituted.',<br /> mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}')<br /> ))<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Create the box table.<br /> local boxTable = root.tag('table')<br /> boxTable<br /> .attr('id', self.id)<br /> for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do<br /> boxTable<br /> .addClass(class)<br /> end<br /> boxTable<br /> .cssText(self.style)<br /> .attr('role', 'presentation')<br /> for attr, val in pairs(self.attrs or {}) do<br /> boxTable<br /> .attr(attr, val)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add the left-hand image.<br /> local row = boxTable.tag('tr')<br /> if self.imageLeft then<br /> local imageLeftCell = row.tag('td').addClass('mbox-image')<br /> if self.imageCellDiv then<br /> -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image<br /> -- is inside it. Divs use style=&quot;width: 52px;&quot;, which limits the<br /> -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,<br /> -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.<br /> imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell.tag('div').css('width', '52px') <br /> end<br /> imageLeftCell<br /> .wikitext(self.imageLeft)<br /> elseif self.imageEmptyCell then<br /> -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and<br /> -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are<br /> -- specified gives the following hint: &quot;No image. Cell with some width<br /> -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width.&quot;<br /> row.tag('td')<br /> .addClass('mbox-empty-cell') <br /> .cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add the text.<br /> local textCell = row.tag('td').addClass('mbox-text')<br /> if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then<br /> -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be<br /> -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.<br /> textCell<br /> .cssText(self.textstyle)<br /> local textCellSpan = textCell.tag('span')<br /> textCellSpan<br /> .addClass('mbox-text-span')<br /> .wikitext(self.issue)<br /> if not self.isSmall then<br /> textCellSpan<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .addClass('hide-when-compact')<br /> .wikitext(self.talk and ' ' .. self.talk)<br /> .wikitext(self.fix and ' ' .. self.fix)<br /> end<br /> textCellSpan<br /> .wikitext(self.date and ' ' .. self.date)<br /> if not self.isSmall then<br /> textCellSpan<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .addClass('hide-when-compact')<br /> .wikitext(self.info and ' ' .. self.info)<br /> end<br /> else<br /> -- Default text formatting - anything goes.<br /> textCell<br /> .cssText(self.textstyle)<br /> .wikitext(self.text)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add the right-hand image.<br /> if self.imageRight then<br /> local imageRightCell = row.tag('td').addClass('mbox-imageright')<br /> if self.imageCellDiv then<br /> -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image<br /> -- is inside it.<br /> imageRightCell = imageRightCell.tag('div').css('width', '52px')<br /> end<br /> imageRightCell<br /> .wikitext(self.imageRight)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add the below row.<br /> if self.below then<br /> boxTable.tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2')<br /> .addClass('mbox-text')<br /> .cssText(self.textstyle)<br /> .wikitext(self.below)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add error message for invalid type parameters.<br /> if self.invalidTypeError then<br /> root<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .css('text-align', 'center')<br /> .wikitext(format(<br /> 'This message box is using an invalid &quot;type=%s&quot; parameter and needs fixing.',<br /> self.type or ''<br /> ))<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Add categories.<br /> root<br /> .wikitext(self.categories)<br /> <br /> return tostring(root)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function main(boxType, args)<br /> local outputBox = box.new()<br /> outputBox:setTitle(args)<br /> local cfg = outputBox:getConfig(boxType)<br /> args = outputBox:removeBlankArgs(cfg, args)<br /> outputBox:setBoxParameters(cfg, args)<br /> return outputBox:export()<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function makeWrapper(boxType)<br /> return function (frame)<br /> local args = getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})<br /> return main(boxType, args)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local p = {<br /> main = main,<br /> mbox = makeWrapper('mbox')<br /> }<br /> <br /> for boxType in pairs(cfgTables) do<br /> p[boxType] = makeWrapper(boxType)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Message_box/configuration 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>local ambox = {<br /> types = {<br /> speedy = {<br /> class = 'ambox-speedy',<br /> image = 'Ambox speedy deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> delete = {<br /> class = 'ambox-delete',<br /> image = 'Ambox deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> content = {<br /> class = 'ambox-content',<br /> image = 'Ambox content.png'<br /> },<br /> style = {<br /> class = 'ambox-style',<br /> image = 'Edit-clear.svg'<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> class = 'ambox-move',<br /> image = 'Ambox move.png'<br /> },<br /> protection = {<br /> class = 'ambox-protection',<br /> image = 'Ambox protection.png'<br /> },<br /> notice = {<br /> class = 'ambox-notice',<br /> image = 'Ambox notice.png'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> default = 'notice',<br /> allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'},<br /> allowSmall = true,<br /> smallParam = 'left',<br /> smallClass = 'mbox-small-left',<br /> substCheck = true,<br /> classes = {'metadata', 'plainlinks', 'ambox'},<br /> imageEmptyCell = true,<br /> imageCheckBlank = true,<br /> imageSmallSize = '20x20px',<br /> imageCellDiv = true,<br /> useCollapsibleTextFields = true,<br /> imageRightNone = true,<br /> sectionDefault = 'article',<br /> allowMainspaceCategories = true,<br /> templateCategory = 'Article message templates',<br /> templateCategoryRequireName = true,<br /> templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters',<br /> templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}<br /> }<br /> <br /> local cmbox = {<br /> types = {<br /> speedy = {<br /> class = 'cmbox-speedy',<br /> image = 'Cmbox deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> delete = {<br /> class = 'cmbox-delete',<br /> image = 'Cmbox deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> content = {<br /> class = 'cmbox-content',<br /> image = 'Cmbox content.png'<br /> },<br /> style = {<br /> class = 'cmbox-style',<br /> image = 'Edit-clear.svg'<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> class = 'cmbox-move',<br /> image = 'Cmbox move.png'<br /> },<br /> protection = {<br /> class = 'cmbox-protection',<br /> image = 'Cmbox protection.png'<br /> },<br /> notice = {<br /> class = 'cmbox-notice',<br /> image = 'Cmbox notice.png'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> default = 'notice',<br /> showInvalidTypeError = true,<br /> classes = {'plainlinks', 'cmbox'},<br /> imageEmptyCell = true<br /> }<br /> <br /> local fmbox = {<br /> types = {<br /> warning = {<br /> class = 'fmbox-warning',<br /> image = 'Cmbox deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> editnotice = {<br /> class = 'fmbox-editnotice',<br /> image = 'Imbox notice.png'<br /> },<br /> system = {<br /> class = 'fmbox-system',<br /> image = 'Imbox notice.png'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> default = 'system',<br /> showInvalidTypeError = true,<br /> allowId = true,<br /> classes = {'plainlinks', 'fmbox'},<br /> imageEmptyCell = false,<br /> imageRightNone = false<br /> }<br /> <br /> local imbox = {<br /> types = {<br /> speedy = {<br /> class = 'imbox-speedy',<br /> image = 'Imbox speedy deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> delete = {<br /> class = 'imbox-delete',<br /> image = 'Imbox deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> content = {<br /> class = 'imbox-content',<br /> image = 'Imbox content.png'<br /> },<br /> style = {<br /> class = 'imbox-style',<br /> image = 'Edit-clear.svg'<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> class = 'imbox-move',<br /> image = 'Imbox move.png'<br /> },<br /> protection = {<br /> class = 'imbox-protection',<br /> image = 'Imbox protection.png'<br /> },<br /> license = {<br /> class = 'imbox-license',<br /> image = 'Imbox license.png'<br /> },<br /> featured = {<br /> class = 'imbox-featured',<br /> image = 'Imbox featured.png'<br /> },<br /> notice = {<br /> class = 'imbox-notice',<br /> image = 'Imbox notice.png'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> default = 'notice',<br /> showInvalidTypeError = true,<br /> classes = {'imbox'},<br /> usePlainlinksParam = true,<br /> imageEmptyCell = true,<br /> below = true,<br /> templateCategory = 'File message boxes'<br /> }<br /> <br /> local ombox = {<br /> types = {<br /> speedy = {<br /> class = 'ombox-speedy',<br /> image = 'Imbox speedy deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> delete = {<br /> class = 'ombox-delete',<br /> image = 'Imbox deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> content = {<br /> class = 'ombox-content',<br /> image = 'Imbox content.png'<br /> },<br /> style = {<br /> class = 'ombox-style',<br /> image = 'Edit-clear.svg'<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> class = 'ombox-move',<br /> image = 'Imbox move.png'<br /> },<br /> protection = {<br /> class = 'ombox-protection',<br /> image = 'Imbox protection.png'<br /> },<br /> notice = {<br /> class = 'ombox-notice',<br /> image = 'Imbox notice.png'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> default = 'notice',<br /> showInvalidTypeError = true,<br /> classes = {'plainlinks', 'ombox'},<br /> allowSmall = true,<br /> imageEmptyCell = true,<br /> imageRightNone = true<br /> }<br /> <br /> local tmbox = {<br /> types = {<br /> speedy = {<br /> class = 'tmbox-speedy',<br /> image = 'Imbox speedy deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> delete = {<br /> class = 'tmbox-delete',<br /> image = 'Imbox deletion.png'<br /> },<br /> content = {<br /> class = 'tmbox-content',<br /> image = 'Imbox content.png'<br /> },<br /> style = {<br /> class = 'tmbox-style',<br /> image = 'Edit-clear.svg '<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> class = 'tmbox-move',<br /> image = 'Imbox move.png'<br /> },<br /> protection = {<br /> class = 'tmbox-protection',<br /> image = 'Imbox protection.png'<br /> },<br /> notice = {<br /> class = 'tmbox-notice',<br /> image = 'Imbox notice.png'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> default = 'notice',<br /> showInvalidTypeError = true,<br /> classes = {'plainlinks', 'tmbox'},<br /> allowId = true,<br /> allowSmall = true,<br /> imageRightNone = true,<br /> imageEmptyCell = true,<br /> imageEmptyCellStyle = true,<br /> templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes'<br /> }<br /> <br /> return {<br /> ambox = ambox,<br /> cmbox = cmbox,<br /> fmbox = fmbox,<br /> imbox = imbox,<br /> ombox = ombox,<br /> tmbox = tmbox<br /> }</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect/config 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Namespace detect configuration data --<br /> -- --<br /> -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here --<br /> -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. --<br /> -- --<br /> -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means --<br /> -- that you need to remove the text &quot;-- &quot; at the start of the line. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line.<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Parameter names --<br /> -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added --<br /> -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. --<br /> -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' --<br /> -- --<br /> -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace:<br /> -- cfg.main = 'main'<br /> <br /> ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces:<br /> -- cfg.talk = 'talk'<br /> <br /> ---- This parameter displays content for &quot;other&quot; namespaces (namespaces for which<br /> ---- parameters have not been specified):<br /> -- cfg.other = 'other'<br /> <br /> ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding<br /> ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]].<br /> ---- Edit that module to change the default values of &quot;yes&quot;, &quot;no&quot;, etc.<br /> -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns'<br /> <br /> ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace:<br /> -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace'<br /> <br /> ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare:<br /> cfg.demopage = 'page'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Table configuration --<br /> -- These configuration items allow customisation of the &quot;table&quot; function, --<br /> -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module --<br /> -- documentation. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of<br /> ---- possible subject-space parameters.<br /> -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace'<br /> <br /> ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space<br /> ---- parameters.<br /> -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- End of configuration data --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> return cfg -- Don't edit this line.</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect/data 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Namespace detect data --<br /> -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per --<br /> -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config')<br /> <br /> local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey)<br /> if key ~= defaultKey then<br /> t[#t + 1] = key<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name.<br /> -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while<br /> -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table<br /> -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings.<br /> <br /> local defaultKeys = {<br /> 'main',<br /> 'talk',<br /> 'other',<br /> 'subjectns',<br /> 'demospace',<br /> 'demopage'<br /> }<br /> <br /> local argKeys = {}<br /> for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do<br /> argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey}<br /> end<br /> <br /> for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do<br /> local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey]<br /> local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue)<br /> if cfgValueType == 'string' then<br /> addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey)<br /> elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then<br /> for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do<br /> addKey(t, key, defaultKey)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more.<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function getParamMappings()<br /> --[[<br /> -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys<br /> -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the<br /> -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The<br /> -- table entries are structured like this:<br /> -- {<br /> -- [''] = {'main'},<br /> -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'},<br /> -- ...<br /> -- }<br /> --]]<br /> local mappings = {}<br /> local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name<br /> mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName)<br /> mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main)<br /> mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk)<br /> for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do<br /> if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace.<br /> local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name)<br /> local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName)<br /> mappings[nsname] = {nsname}<br /> if canonicalName ~= nsname then<br /> table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName)<br /> end<br /> for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do<br /> table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return mappings<br /> end<br /> <br /> return {<br /> argKeys = argKeys,<br /> cfg = cfg,<br /> mappings = getParamMappings()<br /> }</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Navbar 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>local p = {}<br /> <br /> local getArgs<br /> local HtmlBuilder = require('Module:HtmlBuilder')<br /> <br /> local function trim(s)<br /> return mw.ustring.match(s, &quot;^%s*(.-)%s*$&quot;)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function htmlError(s)<br /> local span = HtmlBuilder.create('span')<br /> <br /> span<br /> .addClass('error')<br /> .css('float', 'left')<br /> .css('white-space', 'nowrap')<br /> .wikitext('Error: ' .. s)<br /> <br /> return tostring(span)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function getTitle(pageName)<br /> pageName = trim(pageName);<br /> local page_title, talk_page_title;<br /> <br /> if mw.ustring.sub(pageName, 1, 1) == ':' then<br /> page_title = mw.title.new( mw.ustring.sub(pageName, 2));<br /> else<br /> page_title = mw.title.new(pageName, 'Template');<br /> end<br /> <br /> if page_title then<br /> talk_page_title = page_title.talkPageTitle;<br /> else<br /> talk_page_title = nil;<br /> end<br /> <br /> return page_title, talk_page_title;<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._navbar(args)<br /> local good, title, talk_title;<br /> local titleArg = 1<br /> <br /> if args.collapsible then<br /> titleArg = 2<br /> if not args.plain then<br /> args.mini = 1<br /> end<br /> if args.fontcolor then<br /> args.fontstyle = 'color:' .. args.fontcolor .. ';'<br /> end<br /> args.style = 'float:left; text-align:left; width:6em;'<br /> end<br /> <br /> good, title, talk_title = pcall(getTitle, args[titleArg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle()));<br /> if not good then<br /> return htmlError(title);<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not title then<br /> return htmlError('Page does not exist')<br /> end<br /> <br /> local mainpage = title.fullText;<br /> local talkpage = talk_title and talk_title.fullText or ''<br /> local editurl = title:fullUrl('action=edit');<br /> <br /> local viewLink, talkLink, editLink = 'view', 'talk', 'edit'<br /> if args.mini then<br /> viewLink, talkLink, editLink = 'v', 't', 'e'<br /> end<br /> <br /> local div = HtmlBuilder.create().tag('div')<br /> div<br /> .addClass('plainlinks')<br /> .addClass('hlist')<br /> .addClass('navbar')<br /> .cssText(args.style)<br /> <br /> if args.mini then div.addClass('mini') end<br /> <br /> if not (args.mini or args.plain) then<br /> div<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .css('word-spacing', 0)<br /> .cssText(args.fontstyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.text or 'This box:')<br /> .wikitext(' ')<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.brackets then<br /> div<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .css('margin-right', '-0.125em')<br /> .cssText(args.fontstyle)<br /> .wikitext('&amp;#91;')<br /> .newline();<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ul = div.tag('ul');<br /> <br /> ul<br /> .tag('li')<br /> .addClass('nv-view')<br /> .wikitext('[[' .. mainpage .. '|')<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .attr('title', 'View this template')<br /> .cssText(args.fontstyle or '')<br /> .wikitext(viewLink)<br /> .done()<br /> .wikitext(']]')<br /> .done()<br /> .tag('li')<br /> .addClass('nv-talk')<br /> .wikitext('[[' .. talkpage .. '|')<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .attr('title', 'Discuss this template')<br /> .cssText(args.fontstyle or '')<br /> .wikitext(talkLink)<br /> .done()<br /> .wikitext(']]');<br /> <br /> if not args.noedit then<br /> ul<br /> .tag('li')<br /> .addClass('nv-edit')<br /> .wikitext('[' .. editurl .. ' ')<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .attr('title', 'Edit this template')<br /> .cssText(args.fontstyle or '')<br /> .wikitext(editLink)<br /> .done()<br /> .wikitext(']');<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.brackets then<br /> div<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .css('margin-left', '-0.125em')<br /> .cssText( args.fontstyle or '')<br /> .wikitext('&amp;#93;')<br /> .newline();<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.collapsible then<br /> div<br /> .done()<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .css('font-size', '110%')<br /> .cssText(args.fontstyle or '')<br /> .wikitext(args[1])<br /> end<br /> <br /> return tostring(div.allDone())<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.navbar(frame)<br /> if not getArgs then<br /> getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs<br /> end<br /> return p._navbar(getArgs(frame))<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:No_globals 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {}<br /> function mt.__index (t, k)<br /> if k ~= 'arg' then<br /> error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2)<br /> end<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> function mt.__newindex(t, k, v)<br /> if k ~= 'arg' then<br /> error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2)<br /> end<br /> rawset(t, k, v)<br /> end<br /> setmetatable(_G, mt)</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Protection_banner 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as<br /> -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.<br /> <br /> -- Initialise necessary modules.<br /> require('Module:No globals')<br /> local newFileLink = require('Module:File link').new<br /> local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main<br /> local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')<br /> <br /> -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need.<br /> local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang<br /> <br /> -- Set constants.<br /> local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Helper functions<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)<br /> local nsText = mw.site.namespaces[14].name<br /> if cat and sort then<br /> return string.format(<br /> '[[%s:%s|%s]]',<br /> nsText,<br /> cat,<br /> sort<br /> )<br /> elseif cat then<br /> return string.format(<br /> '[[%s:%s]]',<br /> nsText,<br /> cat<br /> )<br /> else<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date<br /> local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)<br /> lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()<br /> local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString)<br /> if success then<br /> result = tonumber(result)<br /> if result then<br /> return result<br /> end<br /> end<br /> error(string.format(<br /> 'invalid %s (&quot;%s&quot;)',<br /> dateType,<br /> tostring(dateString)<br /> ), 0)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)<br /> return string.format(<br /> '[%s %s]',<br /> tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),<br /> display<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function toTableEnd(t, pos)<br /> -- Sends the value at position pos to the end of array t, and shifts the<br /> -- other items down accordingly.<br /> return table.insert(t, table.remove(t, pos))<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Protection class<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local Protection = {}<br /> Protection.__index = Protection<br /> <br /> Protection.supportedActions = {<br /> edit = true,<br /> move = true,<br /> autoreview = true<br /> }<br /> <br /> Protection.bannerConfigFields = {<br /> 'text',<br /> 'explanation',<br /> 'tooltip',<br /> 'alt',<br /> 'link',<br /> 'image'<br /> }<br /> <br /> function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)<br /> local obj = {}<br /> obj._cfg = cfg<br /> obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> <br /> -- Set action<br /> if not args.action then<br /> obj.action = 'edit'<br /> elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then<br /> obj.action = args.action<br /> else<br /> error(string.format(<br /> 'invalid action (&quot;%s&quot;)',<br /> tostring(args.action)<br /> ), 0)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set level<br /> obj.level = effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)<br /> if obj.level == 'accountcreator' then<br /> -- Lump titleblacklisted pages in with template-protected pages,<br /> -- since templateeditors can do both.<br /> obj.level = 'templateeditor'<br /> elseif not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then<br /> -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat<br /> -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.<br /> obj.level = '*'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set expiry<br /> if args.expiry then<br /> if cfg.indefStrings[args.expiry] then<br /> obj.expiry = 'indef'<br /> elseif type(args.expiry) == 'number' then<br /> obj.expiry = args.expiry<br /> else<br /> obj.expiry = validateDate(args.expiry, 'expiry date')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set reason<br /> if args[1] then<br /> obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])<br /> if obj.reason:find('|') then<br /> error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character (&quot;|&quot;)', 0)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set protection date<br /> if args.date then<br /> obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date')<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set banner config<br /> do<br /> obj.bannerConfig = {}<br /> local configTables = {}<br /> if cfg.banners[obj.action] then<br /> configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]<br /> end<br /> if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then<br /> configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]<br /> configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default<br /> end<br /> configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner<br /> for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do<br /> for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do<br /> if t[field] then<br /> obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]<br /> break<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return setmetatable(obj, Protection)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Protection:isProtected()<br /> return self.level ~= '*'<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Protection:isTemporary()<br /> return type(self.expiry) == 'number'<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()<br /> local cfg = self._cfg<br /> local title = self.title<br /> <br /> -- Exit if the page is not protected.<br /> if not self:isProtected() then<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get the expiry key fragment.<br /> local expiryFragment<br /> if self.expiry == 'indef' then<br /> expiryFragment = self.expiry<br /> elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then<br /> expiryFragment = 'temp'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get the namespace key fragment.<br /> local namespaceFragment<br /> do<br /> namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]<br /> if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then<br /> namespaceFragment = 'talk'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an<br /> -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its<br /> -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.<br /> local order = {<br /> {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1},<br /> {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},<br /> {val = self.reason, keypos = 3},<br /> {val = self.level, keypos = 4},<br /> {val = self.action, keypos = 5}<br /> }<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,<br /> -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and<br /> -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module<br /> -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the<br /> -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.<br /> -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to<br /> -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the<br /> -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table<br /> -- instead.<br /> --]]<br /> if self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] then<br /> -- table.insert(order, 3, table.remove(order, 2))<br /> toTableEnd(order, 2)<br /> else<br /> toTableEnd(order, 3)<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil &quot;value&quot;<br /> -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key<br /> -- &quot;all&quot;. This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in<br /> -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of<br /> -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the<br /> -- noActive parameter.<br /> --]]<br /> local noActive, attemptOrder<br /> do<br /> local active, inactive = {}, {}<br /> for i, t in ipairs(order) do<br /> if t.val then<br /> active[#active + 1] = t<br /> else<br /> inactive[#inactive + 1] = t<br /> end<br /> end<br /> noActive = #active<br /> attemptOrder = active<br /> for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do<br /> attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a<br /> -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are<br /> -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different<br /> -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key<br /> -- &quot;all-all-all-all-all&quot;.<br /> --<br /> -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix<br /> -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active<br /> -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix<br /> -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment &quot;all&quot;, and<br /> -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.<br /> -- <br /> -- j 1 2 3<br /> -- i <br /> -- 1 1 1 1<br /> -- 2 0 1 1<br /> -- 3 1 0 1<br /> -- 4 0 0 1<br /> -- 5 1 1 0<br /> -- 6 0 1 0<br /> -- 7 1 0 0<br /> -- 8 0 0 0<br /> -- <br /> -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set<br /> -- to the string &quot;all&quot;.<br /> --<br /> -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.<br /> -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in<br /> -- each subtable.<br /> --]]<br /> local cats = cfg.protectionCategories<br /> for i = 1, 2^noActive do<br /> local key = {}<br /> for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do<br /> if j &gt; noActive then<br /> key[t.keypos] = 'all'<br /> else<br /> local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)<br /> quotient = math.ceil(quotient)<br /> if quotient % 2 == 1 then<br /> key[t.keypos] = t.val<br /> else<br /> key[t.keypos] = 'all'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> key = table.concat(key, '|')<br /> local attempt = cats[key]<br /> if attempt then<br /> return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Protection:needsExpiry()<br /> local cfg = self._cfg<br /> local actionNeedsCheck = cfg.expiryCheckActions[self.action]<br /> return not self.expiry and (<br /> actionNeedsCheck or (<br /> actionNeedsCheck == nil<br /> and self.reason -- the old {{pp-protected}} didn't check for expiry<br /> and not cfg.reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck[self.reason]<br /> )<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Protection:isIncorrect()<br /> local expiry = self.expiry<br /> return not self:isProtected()<br /> or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry &lt; os.time()<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()<br /> local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace<br /> return self.level == 'templateeditor'<br /> and (<br /> (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move')<br /> or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()<br /> local msg = self._cfg.msg<br /> local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() }<br /> if self:needsExpiry() then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(<br /> msg['tracking-category-expiry'],<br /> self.title.text<br /> )<br /> end<br /> if self:isIncorrect() then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(<br /> msg['tracking-category-incorrect'],<br /> self.title.text<br /> )<br /> end<br /> if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(<br /> msg['tracking-category-template'],<br /> self.title.text<br /> )<br /> end<br /> return table.concat(ret)<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Blurb class<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local Blurb = {}<br /> Blurb.__index = Blurb<br /> <br /> Blurb.bannerTextFields = {<br /> text = true,<br /> explanation = true,<br /> tooltip = true,<br /> alt = true,<br /> link = true<br /> }<br /> <br /> function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)<br /> return setmetatable({<br /> _cfg = cfg,<br /> _protectionObj = protectionObj,<br /> _args = args<br /> }, Blurb)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Private methods --<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_formatDate(num)<br /> -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.<br /> lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()<br /> local success, date = pcall(<br /> lang.formatDate,<br /> lang,<br /> self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y',<br /> '@' .. tostring(num)<br /> )<br /> if success then<br /> return date<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)<br /> return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)<br /> if not self._params then<br /> local parameterFuncs = {}<br /> <br /> parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter<br /> parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter<br /> <br /> self._params = setmetatable({}, {<br /> __index = function (t, k)<br /> local param<br /> if parameterFuncs[k] then<br /> param = parameterFuncs[k](self)<br /> end<br /> param = param or ''<br /> t[k] = param<br /> return param<br /> end<br /> })<br /> end<br /> <br /> msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params)<br /> return msg<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()<br /> -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of<br /> -- protection.<br /> local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText<br /> if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then<br /> -- We need the move log link.<br /> return makeFullUrl(<br /> 'Special:Log',<br /> {type = 'move', page = pagename},<br /> self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display')<br /> )<br /> else<br /> -- We need the history link.<br /> return makeFullUrl(<br /> pagename,<br /> {action = 'history'},<br /> self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display')<br /> )<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()<br /> local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request')<br /> local action = self._protectionObj.action<br /> local level = self._protectionObj.level<br /> <br /> -- Get the edit request type.<br /> local requestType<br /> if action == 'edit' then<br /> if level == 'autoconfirmed' then<br /> requestType = 'semi'<br /> elseif level == 'templateeditor' then<br /> requestType = 'template'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> requestType = requestType or 'full'<br /> <br /> -- Get the display value.<br /> local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display')<br /> <br /> return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()<br /> local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry<br /> if type(expiry) == 'number' then<br /> return self:_formatDate(expiry)<br /> else<br /> return expiry<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()<br /> -- Cover special cases first.<br /> if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then<br /> -- MediaWiki namespace<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect')<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Get explanation blurb table keys<br /> local action = self._protectionObj.action<br /> local level = self._protectionObj.level<br /> local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject'<br /> <br /> -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any<br /> -- parameters.<br /> local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs<br /> local msg<br /> if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then<br /> msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]<br /> elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then<br /> msg = explanations[action][level].default<br /> elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then<br /> msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]<br /> elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then<br /> msg = explanations[action].default.default<br /> else<br /> error(string.format(<br /> 'could not find explanation blurb for action &quot;%s&quot;, level &quot;%s&quot; and talk key &quot;%s&quot;',<br /> action,<br /> level,<br /> talkKey<br /> ))<br /> end<br /> return self:_substituteParameters(msg)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()<br /> local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks<br /> local action = self._protectionObj.action<br /> local level = self._protectionObj.level<br /> local msg<br /> if imageLinks[action][level] then<br /> msg = imageLinks[action][level]<br /> elseif imageLinks[action].default then<br /> msg = imageLinks[action].default<br /> else<br /> msg = imageLinks.edit.default<br /> end<br /> return self:_substituteParameters(msg)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()<br /> if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry')<br /> else<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()<br /> if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry')<br /> else<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()<br /> local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes<br /> return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]<br /> or pagetypes.default<br /> or error('no default pagetype defined')<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()<br /> local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs<br /> local action = self._protectionObj.action<br /> local level = self._protectionObj.level<br /> local msg<br /> if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then<br /> msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]<br /> elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then<br /> msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default<br /> elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then<br /> msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default<br /> else<br /> error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default')<br /> end<br /> return self:_substituteParameters(msg)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()<br /> local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate<br /> if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then<br /> return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)<br /> else<br /> return protectionDate<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()<br /> local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels<br /> local action = self._protectionObj.action<br /> local level = self._protectionObj.level<br /> local msg<br /> if protectionLevels[action][level] then<br /> msg = protectionLevels[action][level]<br /> elseif protectionLevels[action].default then<br /> msg = protectionLevels[action].default<br /> elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then<br /> msg = protectionLevels.edit.default<br /> else<br /> error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default')<br /> end<br /> return self:_substituteParameters(msg)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()<br /> local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText<br /> if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then<br /> -- We need the pending changes log.<br /> return makeFullUrl(<br /> 'Special:Log',<br /> {type = 'stable', page = pagename},<br /> self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display')<br /> )<br /> else<br /> -- We need the protection log.<br /> return makeFullUrl(<br /> 'Special:Log',<br /> {type = 'protect', page = pagename},<br /> self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display')<br /> )<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()<br /> return string.format(<br /> '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',<br /> mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,<br /> self._protectionObj.title.text,<br /> self._args.section or 'top',<br /> self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display')<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()<br /> if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry')<br /> else<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()<br /> if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry')<br /> else<br /> return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()<br /> return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{<br /> self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText<br /> }<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Public methods --<br /> <br /> function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)<br /> -- Validate input.<br /> if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then<br /> error(string.format(<br /> '&quot;%s&quot; is not a valid banner config field',<br /> tostring(key)<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Generate the text.<br /> local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]<br /> if type(msg) == 'string' then<br /> return self:_substituteParameters(msg)<br /> elseif type(msg) == 'function' then<br /> msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)<br /> if type(msg) ~= 'string' then<br /> error(string.format(<br /> 'bad output from banner config function with key &quot;%s&quot;'<br /> .. ' (expected string, got %s)',<br /> tostring(key),<br /> type(msg)<br /> ))<br /> end<br /> return self:_substituteParameters(msg)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- BannerTemplate class<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local BannerTemplate = {}<br /> BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate<br /> <br /> function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)<br /> local obj = {}<br /> obj._cfg = cfg<br /> <br /> -- Set the image filename.<br /> local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image<br /> if imageFilename then<br /> obj._imageFilename = imageFilename<br /> else<br /> -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config,<br /> -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.<br /> local action = protectionObj.action<br /> local level = protectionObj.level<br /> local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace<br /> local reason = protectionObj.reason<br /> <br /> -- Deal with special cases first.<br /> if (<br /> namespace == 10<br /> or namespace == 828<br /> or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]<br /> )<br /> and action == 'edit'<br /> and level == 'sysop'<br /> and not protectionObj:isTemporary()<br /> then<br /> -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red &quot;indef&quot;<br /> -- padlock.<br /> obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef']<br /> else<br /> -- Deal with regular protection types.<br /> local images = obj._cfg.images<br /> if images[action] then<br /> if images[action][level] then<br /> obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]<br /> elseif images[action].default then<br /> obj._imageFilename = images[action].default<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function BannerTemplate:setImageWidth(width)<br /> self._imageWidth = width<br /> end<br /> <br /> function BannerTemplate:setImageTooltip(tooltip)<br /> self._imageCaption = tooltip<br /> end<br /> <br /> function BannerTemplate:renderImage()<br /> local filename = self._imageFilename<br /> or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default']<br /> or 'Transparent.gif'<br /> return newFileLink(filename)<br /> :width(self._imageWidth or 20)<br /> :alt(self._imageAlt)<br /> :link(self._imageLink)<br /> :caption(self._imageCaption)<br /> :render()<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Banner class<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)<br /> Banner.__index = Banner<br /> <br /> function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)<br /> local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.<br /> obj:setImageWidth(40)<br /> obj:setImageTooltip(blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')) -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.<br /> obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text')<br /> obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation')<br /> obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.<br /> return setmetatable(obj, Banner)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Banner:__tostring()<br /> -- Renders the banner.<br /> makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main<br /> local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set')<br /> local explanationText = self._explanationText<br /> local mbargs = {<br /> page = self._page,<br /> type = 'protection',<br /> image = self:renderImage(),<br /> text = string.format(<br /> &quot;'''%s'''%s&quot;,<br /> reasonText,<br /> explanationText and '&lt;br /&gt;' .. explanationText or ''<br /> )<br /> }<br /> return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs)<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Padlock class<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)<br /> Padlock.__index = Padlock<br /> <br /> function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)<br /> local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.<br /> obj:setImageWidth(20)<br /> obj:setImageTooltip(blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip'))<br /> obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')<br /> obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link')<br /> obj._right = cfg.padlockPositions[protectionObj.action]<br /> or cfg.padlockPositions.default<br /> or '55px'<br /> return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function Padlock:__tostring()<br /> local root = mw.html.create('div')<br /> root<br /> :addClass('metadata topicon nopopups')<br /> :attr('id', 'protected-icon')<br /> :css{display = 'none', right = self._right}<br /> :wikitext(self:renderImage())<br /> return tostring(root)<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Exports<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> function p._exportClasses()<br /> -- This is used for testing purposes.<br /> return {<br /> Protection = Protection,<br /> Blurb = Blurb,<br /> BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,<br /> Banner = Banner,<br /> Padlock = Padlock,<br /> }<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._main(args, cfg, title)<br /> args = args or {}<br /> cfg = cfg or require('Module:Protection banner/config')<br /> <br /> -- Initialise the protection object and check for errors<br /> local protectionObjCreated, protectionObj = pcall(<br /> Protection.new,<br /> args,<br /> cfg,<br /> title<br /> )<br /> if not protectionObjCreated then<br /> local errorBlurb = cfg.msg['error-message-blurb'] or 'Error: $1.'<br /> local errorText = mw.message.newRawMessage(errorBlurb)<br /> :params(protectionObj) -- protectionObj is the error message<br /> :plain()<br /> return string.format(<br /> '&lt;strong class=&quot;error&quot;&gt;%s&lt;/strong&gt;%s',<br /> errorText,<br /> makeCategoryLink(<br /> cfg.msg['tracking-category-incorrect'],<br /> title and title.text or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text<br /> )<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Initialise the blurb object<br /> local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)<br /> <br /> local ret = {}<br /> <br /> -- Render the banner<br /> if protectionObj:isProtected() then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(<br /> (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)<br /> .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Render the categories<br /> if yesno(args.category) ~= false then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()<br /> end<br /> <br /> return table.concat(ret) <br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.main(frame, cfg)<br /> cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)<br /> <br /> -- Find default args, if any.<br /> local parentTitle = frame:getParent():getTitle()<br /> parentTitle = parentTitle:gsub('/sandbox$', '')<br /> local defaultArgs = cfg.wrappers[parentTitle] or {}<br /> <br /> -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a<br /> -- wrapper template.<br /> getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs<br /> local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {<br /> parentOnly = defaultArgs,<br /> frameOnly = not defaultArgs<br /> })<br /> <br /> -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.<br /> local args = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs) do<br /> args[k] = v<br /> end<br /> for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do<br /> args[k] = v<br /> end<br /> return p._main(args, cfg)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Protection_banner/config 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].<br /> <br /> return {<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --<br /> -- BANNER DATA<br /> --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Banner data consists of six fields:<br /> -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection<br /> -- banners.<br /> -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used<br /> -- to explain the details of the protection.<br /> -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small<br /> -- padlock icon.<br /> -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.<br /> -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip<br /> -- text for the large protection banners.<br /> -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock<br /> -- icons.<br /> --<br /> -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.<br /> -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason<br /> -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners<br /> -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the<br /> -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection<br /> -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.<br /> --<br /> -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified<br /> -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name<br /> -- enclosed in curly braces).<br /> --<br /> -- Available parameters:<br /> --<br /> -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the<br /> -- display message &quot;current-version-edit-display&quot; or<br /> -- &quot;current-version-move-display&quot;.<br /> --<br /> -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.<br /> --<br /> -- ${EXPIRY} - the protection expiry date in the format DD Month YYYY. If<br /> -- protection is indefinite or is not set, this is the blank string.<br /> --<br /> -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. &quot;Please discuss any changes<br /> -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make<br /> -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus.&quot;<br /> --<br /> -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection<br /> -- action and protection level.<br /> --<br /> -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry<br /> -- is set. E.g. &quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently <br /> -- disabled until dd Month YYYY.&quot;<br /> --<br /> -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation<br /> -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.<br /> --<br /> -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. &quot;article&quot; or &quot;template&quot;.<br /> -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.<br /> --<br /> -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.<br /> -- &quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled&quot;<br /> --<br /> -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the<br /> -- template.<br /> --<br /> -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. &quot;fully protected&quot; or<br /> -- &quot;semi-protected&quot;.<br /> --<br /> -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,<br /> -- depending on the protection action.<br /> --<br /> -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links<br /> -- straight to that talk page section.<br /> --<br /> -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to<br /> -- create a blurb like &quot;This template is semi-protected&quot;, or &quot;This article is<br /> -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY&quot;.<br /> --<br /> -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)<br /> -- using Module:Vandal-m.<br /> --<br /> -- Functions<br /> --<br /> -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings<br /> -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not<br /> -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the<br /> -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.<br /> --<br /> -- For example:<br /> --<br /> -- text = function (protectionObj, args)<br /> -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then<br /> -- return 'foo'<br /> -- else<br /> -- return 'bar'<br /> -- end<br /> -- end<br /> --<br /> -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:<br /> -- protectionObj.action - the protection action<br /> -- protectionObj.level - the protection level<br /> -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason<br /> -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string &quot;indef&quot; if set<br /> -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.<br /> -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if<br /> -- unspecified.<br /> -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware<br /> -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an<br /> -- infinite loop.<br /> -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is<br /> -- protected.<br /> -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is<br /> -- temporary.<br /> -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection<br /> -- template is incorrect.<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or<br /> -- defaultBanners.<br /> masterBanner = {<br /> text = '${INTROBLURB}',<br /> explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',<br /> tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}',<br /> link = '${IMAGELINK}',<br /> alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'<br /> },<br /> <br /> -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection<br /> -- levels.<br /> -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.<br /> defaultBanners = {<br /> edit = {},<br /> move = {},<br /> autoreview = {<br /> autoconfirmed = {<br /> alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1',<br /> tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review',<br /> image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg'<br /> },<br /> default = {<br /> alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2',<br /> tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are'<br /> .. ' subject to review',<br /> }<br /> }<br /> },<br /> <br /> -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.<br /> -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are<br /> -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.<br /> --<br /> -- There is also a non-standard &quot;description&quot; field that can be used for items<br /> -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the<br /> -- module documentation.<br /> --<br /> -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.<br /> banners = {<br /> edit = {<br /> blp = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'<br /> .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy.',<br /> text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'<br /> .. &quot;|Wikipedia's&amp;nbsp;policy on&amp;nbsp;the&amp;nbsp;biographies&quot;<br /> .. ' of&amp;nbsp;living&amp;nbsp;people]].',<br /> tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on'<br /> .. ' biographies of living people',<br /> },<br /> dmca = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation'<br /> .. ' due to Digital Millennium Copyright Act takedown requests.',<br /> explanation = function (protectionObj, args)<br /> local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital'<br /> .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content'<br /> .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under'<br /> .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content'<br /> .. ' in question.'<br /> if args.notice then<br /> ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: '<br /> .. args.notice .. '.'<br /> end<br /> ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing'<br /> .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see'<br /> .. &quot; [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}.&quot;<br /> .. &quot;'''Do not remove this template from the article until the&quot;<br /> .. &quot; restrictions are withdrawn'''.&quot;<br /> return ret<br /> end,<br /> image = 'Padlock-black.svg',<br /> },<br /> dispute = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes.',<br /> text = function (protectionObj, args)<br /> -- Find the value of &quot;disputes&quot;.<br /> local display = 'disputes'<br /> local disputes<br /> if args.section then<br /> disputes = string.format(<br /> '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',<br /> mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,<br /> protectionObj.title.text,<br /> args.section,<br /> display<br /> )<br /> else<br /> disputes = display<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry.<br /> local msg<br /> if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then<br /> msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.'<br /> else<br /> msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.'<br /> end<br /> return string.format(msg, disputes)<br /> end,<br /> explanation = &quot;This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the&quot;<br /> .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',<br /> tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes',<br /> },<br /> mainpage = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]].',<br /> text = 'This file is currently'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from'<br /> .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed'<br /> .. ' on the [[Main Page]].',<br /> explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high'<br /> .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.'<br /> .. '&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size:90%;&quot;&gt;'<br /> .. &quot;'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,&quot;<br /> .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,'<br /> .. ' as appropriate.&lt;/span&gt;',<br /> },<br /> office = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation.',<br /> text = function (protectionObj, args)<br /> local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'<br /> .. ' scrutiny of the'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'<br /> .. ' and is protected.'<br /> if protectionObj.protectionDate then<br /> ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.'<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end,<br /> explanation = &quot;If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and&quot;<br /> .. &quot; additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this&quot;<br /> .. &quot; page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do&quot;<br /> .. &quot; so.'''&quot;,<br /> image = 'Padlock-black.svg',<br /> },<br /> reset = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and'<br /> .. ' &quot;reset&quot; to a bare-bones version.',<br /> text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'<br /> .. ' scrutiny of the'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'<br /> .. ' and is protected.',<br /> explanation = function (protectionObj, args)<br /> local ret = ''<br /> if protectionObj.protectionDate then<br /> ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was'<br /> else<br /> ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been'<br /> end<br /> ret = ret .. ' reduced to a'<br /> .. ' simplified, &quot;bare bones&quot; version so that it may be completely'<br /> .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of'<br /> .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].'<br /> .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which'<br /> .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly'<br /> .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while'<br /> .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n'<br /> .. 'Any insertion of material directly from'<br /> .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as'<br /> .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly'<br /> .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the'<br /> .. &quot; same date.\n\n&quot;<br /> .. &quot;If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and&quot;<br /> .. &quot; additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override&quot;<br /> .. &quot; this action, and do not remove protection from this page,&quot;<br /> .. &quot; unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation&quot;<br /> .. &quot; to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''&quot;<br /> <br /> return ret<br /> end,<br /> image = 'Padlock-black.svg',<br /> },<br /> sock = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected due to'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]].',<br /> text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:List of banned users|banned users]]'<br /> .. ' from editing it.',<br /> tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from'<br /> .. ' editing it',<br /> },<br /> template = {<br /> description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]'<br /> .. ' templates and Lua modules.',<br /> text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},'<br /> .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].',<br /> explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'<br /> .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if'<br /> .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'<br /> .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'<br /> .. ' unprotected.',<br /> tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'<br /> .. ' to prevent vandalism',<br /> alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}',<br /> },<br /> usertalk = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a'<br /> .. ' particular user.',<br /> text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,'<br /> .. ' such as abusing the'<br /> .. ' &amp;#123;&amp;#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&amp;#125;&amp;#125; template.',<br /> explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to'<br /> .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'<br /> .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page'<br /> .. '|request an edit]],'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'<br /> .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'<br /> .. '|request unprotection]],'<br /> .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],'<br /> .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',<br /> },<br /> vandalism = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected against'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',<br /> text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',<br /> explanation = function (protectionObj, args)<br /> local ret = ''<br /> if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then<br /> ret = ret .. &quot;This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the&quot;<br /> .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. '<br /> end<br /> return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}'<br /> end,<br /> tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism',<br /> }<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> dispute = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to'<br /> .. ' disputes over the page title.',<br /> explanation = &quot;This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the&quot;<br /> .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',<br /> image = 'Padlock-olive.svg'<br /> },<br /> vandalism = {<br /> description = 'For pages protected against'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism'<br /> .. ' |page-move vandalism]].'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> autoreview = {}<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --<br /> -- GENERAL DATA TABLES<br /> --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Protection blurbs<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the<br /> -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and<br /> -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:<br /> -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level<br /> -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level<br /> -- 3. &quot;edit&quot; protection action, default protection level<br /> --<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.<br /> -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.<br /> protectionBlurbs = {<br /> edit = {<br /> default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|'<br /> .. 'protected]] from editing',<br /> autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access'<br /> .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered'<br /> .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]'<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]'<br /> .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]'<br /> },<br /> autoreview = {<br /> autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]'<br /> .. ' users are currently'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]',<br /> default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] are currently'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> <br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Explanation blurbs<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the<br /> -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,<br /> -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is<br /> -- a talk page it will have a talk key of &quot;talk&quot;; otherwise it will have a talk<br /> -- key of &quot;subject&quot;. The table is checked in the following order:<br /> -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key<br /> -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key<br /> -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key<br /> -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key<br /> --<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.<br /> -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.<br /> explanationBlurbs = {<br /> edit = {<br /> autoconfirmed = {<br /> subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'<br /> .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'<br /> .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'<br /> .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'<br /> .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'<br /> .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',<br /> default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'<br /> .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'<br /> .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'<br /> .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'<br /> .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',<br /> },<br /> default = {<br /> subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'<br /> .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'<br /> .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'<br /> .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'<br /> .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'<br /> .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for'<br /> .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'<br /> .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.',<br /> default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'<br /> .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page'<br /> .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an'<br /> .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for'<br /> .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'<br /> .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> default = {<br /> subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'<br /> .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'<br /> .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the'<br /> .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'<br /> .. ' unprotected.',<br /> default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'<br /> .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'<br /> .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'<br /> .. ' unprotected.'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> autoreview = {<br /> default = {<br /> reviewer = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'<br /> .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers'<br /> .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.'<br /> .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'<br /> .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'<br /> .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also'<br /> .. ' request the [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].',<br /> default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'<br /> .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users'<br /> .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by'<br /> .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be'<br /> .. ' reviewed, you may'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'<br /> .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'<br /> .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'<br /> .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].'<br /> },<br /> }<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Protection levels<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which<br /> -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by<br /> -- protection action and proteciton level, and is checked in the following<br /> -- order:<br /> -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level<br /> -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level<br /> -- 3. &quot;edit&quot; protection action, default protection level<br /> --<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.<br /> -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.<br /> protectionLevels = {<br /> edit = {<br /> default = 'protected',<br /> templateeditor = 'template-protected',<br /> autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected',<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> default = 'move-protected'<br /> },<br /> autoreview = {<br /> }<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Images<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and<br /> -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the<br /> -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using<br /> -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order:<br /> -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level<br /> -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level<br /> images = {<br /> edit = {<br /> default = 'Padlock.svg',<br /> templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg',<br /> autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg'<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> default = 'Padlock-olive.svg',<br /> },<br /> autoreview = {<br /> autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg',<br /> default = 'Padlock-orange.svg'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> <br /> -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special &quot;indef&quot;<br /> -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set.<br /> indefImageReasons = {<br /> template = true<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Image links<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets<br /> -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action<br /> -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:<br /> -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level<br /> -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level<br /> -- 3. &quot;edit&quot; protection action, default protection level<br /> --<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.<br /> -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.<br /> imageLinks = {<br /> edit = {<br /> default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full',<br /> templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template',<br /> autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi'<br /> },<br /> move = {<br /> default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move'<br /> },<br /> autoreview = {<br /> autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1',<br /> reviewer = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2'<br /> }<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Padlock positions<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table provides the data for the &quot;right&quot; CSS property for small padlock<br /> -- icons, which determines where the icon appears on the top bar among the other<br /> -- top icons. The data is stored by protection action. If no value is found for<br /> -- the action, the default field is used.<br /> padlockPositions = {<br /> autoreview = '85px',<br /> default = '55px'<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Protection categories<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.<br /> -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:<br /> --<br /> -- 1. the expiry date<br /> -- 2. the namespace<br /> -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. &quot;dispute&quot; or &quot;vandalism&quot;)<br /> -- 4. the protection level (e.g. &quot;sysop&quot; or &quot;autoconfirmed&quot;)<br /> -- 5. the action (e.g. &quot;edit&quot; or &quot;move&quot;)<br /> -- <br /> -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to<br /> -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a<br /> -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key<br /> -- &quot;temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit&quot;. If no match is found, the module<br /> -- changes the first part of the key to &quot;all&quot; and checks the table again. It<br /> -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the<br /> -- field, or until it reaches the key &quot;all-all-all-all-all&quot;.<br /> --<br /> -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.<br /> -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the &quot;0&quot; values<br /> -- represent &quot;all&quot;, and the &quot;1&quot; values represent the original data (e.g.<br /> -- &quot;indef&quot; or &quot;file&quot; or &quot;vandalism&quot;).<br /> --<br /> -- expiry namespace reason level action<br /> -- order<br /> -- 1 1 1 1 1 1<br /> -- 2 0 1 1 1 1<br /> -- 3 1 0 1 1 1<br /> -- 4 0 0 1 1 1<br /> -- 5 1 1 0 1 1<br /> -- 6 0 1 0 1 1<br /> -- 7 1 0 0 1 1<br /> -- 8 0 0 0 1 1<br /> -- 9 1 1 1 0 1<br /> -- 10 0 1 1 0 1<br /> -- 11 1 0 1 0 1<br /> -- 12 0 0 1 0 1<br /> -- 13 1 1 0 0 1<br /> -- 14 0 1 0 0 1<br /> -- 15 1 0 0 0 1<br /> -- 16 0 0 0 0 1<br /> -- 17 1 1 1 1 0<br /> -- 18 0 1 1 1 0<br /> -- 19 1 0 1 1 0<br /> -- 20 0 0 1 1 0<br /> -- 21 1 1 0 1 0<br /> -- 22 0 1 0 1 0<br /> -- 23 1 0 0 1 0<br /> -- 24 0 0 0 1 0<br /> -- 25 1 1 1 0 0<br /> -- 26 0 1 1 0 0<br /> -- 27 1 0 1 0 0<br /> -- 28 0 0 1 0 0<br /> -- 29 1 1 0 0 0<br /> -- 30 0 1 0 0 0<br /> -- 31 1 0 0 0 0<br /> -- 32 0 0 0 0 0<br /> --<br /> -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last<br /> -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.<br /> -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are<br /> -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped<br /> -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,<br /> -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories<br /> -- table.<br /> reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {<br /> vandalism = true,<br /> },<br /> <br /> -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each<br /> -- namespace number.<br /> categoryNamespaceKeys = {<br /> [ 2] = 'user',<br /> [ 3] = 'user',<br /> [ 4] = 'project',<br /> [ 6] = 'file',<br /> [ 8] = 'mediawiki',<br /> [ 10] = 'template',<br /> [ 12] = 'project',<br /> [ 14] = 'category',<br /> [100] = 'portal',<br /> },<br /> <br /> protectionCategories = {<br /> ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia protected pages',<br /> ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',<br /> ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',<br /> ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',<br /> ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Protected main page images',<br /> ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected templates',<br /> ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages',<br /> ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages',<br /> ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people',<br /> ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people',<br /> ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute',<br /> ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users',<br /> ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism',<br /> ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories',<br /> ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected images',<br /> ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected portals',<br /> ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected project pages',<br /> ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected talk pages',<br /> ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates',<br /> ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates',<br /> ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages',<br /> ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people',<br /> ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people',<br /> ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute',<br /> ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users',<br /> ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism',<br /> ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected categories',<br /> ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected images',<br /> ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected project pages',<br /> ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected talk pages',<br /> ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected templates',<br /> ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected user and user talk pages',<br /> ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages',<br /> ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages',<br /> ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute',<br /> ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism',<br /> ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',<br /> ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',<br /> ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages',<br /> ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages',<br /> ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates',<br /> ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages',<br /> ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 1)',<br /> ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 2)',<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Expiry category config<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection<br /> -- action.<br /> -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if<br /> -- an expiry parameter is not set.<br /> -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.<br /> -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:<br /> -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and<br /> -- 2) a reason is provided, and<br /> -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck<br /> -- table.<br /> <br /> expiryCheckActions = {<br /> edit = nil,<br /> move = false,<br /> autoreview = true<br /> },<br /> <br /> reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {<br /> blp = true,<br /> template = true,<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Pagetypes<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.<br /> -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string &quot;default&quot; for the default value.<br /> pagetypes = {<br /> [0] = 'article',<br /> [6] = 'file',<br /> [10] = 'template',<br /> [14] = 'category',<br /> [828] = 'module',<br /> default = 'page'<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Strings marking indefinite protection<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page<br /> -- is protected indefinitely.<br /> indefStrings = {<br /> ['indef'] = true,<br /> ['indefinite'] = true,<br /> ['indefinitely'] = true,<br /> ['infinite'] = true,<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their<br /> -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the<br /> -- following invocation, and no other template content:<br /> --<br /> -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}<br /> --<br /> -- If other content is desired, it can be added between<br /> -- &lt;noinclude&gt;...&lt;/noinclude&gt; tags.<br /> --<br /> -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the<br /> -- default arguments automatically. The arguments cannot be overwritten by the<br /> -- user.<br /> wrappers = {<br /> ['Template:Pp'] = {},<br /> ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'},<br /> -- we don't need Template:Pp-create<br /> ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'},<br /> -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef<br /> ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},<br /> ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},<br /> ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {expiry = 'indef', small = true},<br /> ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true},<br /> ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'},<br /> ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'},<br /> },<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- <br /> -- MESSAGES<br /> -- <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> msg = {<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Intro blurb and intro fragment<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and<br /> -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the<br /> -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use<br /> -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.<br /> ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.',<br /> ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.',<br /> ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},',<br /> ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Tooltip blurb<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.<br /> -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and<br /> -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.<br /> ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.',<br /> ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.',<br /> ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},',<br /> ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Special explanation blurb<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages<br /> -- in the MediaWiki namespace.<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.<br /> ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'<br /> .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'<br /> .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'<br /> .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'<br /> .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'<br /> .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'<br /> .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'<br /> .. '|consensus]].',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Protection log display values<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link<br /> -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.<br /> ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log',<br /> ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Current version display values<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link<br /> -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.<br /> ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title',<br /> ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Talk page<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced<br /> -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.<br /> ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Edit requests<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced<br /> -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.<br /> -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.<br /> ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Expiry date format<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for<br /> -- the first parameter of the #time parser function.<br /> ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Tracking categories<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.<br /> ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates',<br /> ['tracking-category-expiry'] = 'Wikipedia protected pages without expiry',<br /> ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Images<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.<br /> ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock-red.svg',<br /> ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif',<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Error message blurb<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- This is the blurb that is outputted with error messages produced by the<br /> -- module. $1 is replaced with the error message text. The whole message is<br /> -- turned into a large red error message, so there is no need to add HTML<br /> -- styling.<br /> ['error-message-blurb'] = 'Error: $1 ([[Module:Protection banner#Errors|help]])'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- End messages<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> }<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- End configuration<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> }</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Sidebar 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--<br /> -- This module implements {{Sidebar}}<br /> --<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> local getArgs<br /> local HtmlBuilder = require('Module:HtmlBuilder')<br /> local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar<br /> <br /> local function trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(s)<br /> -- For compatibility with the original {{sidebar with collapsible lists}} <br /> -- implementation, which passed some parameters through {{#if}} to trim<br /> -- their whitespace. This also triggered the automatic newline behavior.<br /> -- ([[meta:Help:Newlines and spaces#Automatic newline]])<br /> s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, &quot;^%s*(.-)%s*$&quot;, &quot;%1&quot;)<br /> if mw.ustring.find(s, '^[#*:;]') or mw.ustring.find(s, '^{|') then<br /> return '\n' .. s<br /> else<br /> return s<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function _sidebar(args)<br /> local root = HtmlBuilder.create()<br /> local child = args.child and mw.text.trim(args.child) == 'yes'<br /> <br /> if not child then<br /> root = root<br /> .tag('table')<br /> .addClass('vertical-navbox')<br /> .addClass(args.wraplinks ~= 'true' and 'nowraplinks')<br /> .addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class)<br /> .attr('cellspacing', args.cellspacing or 5)<br /> .attr('cellpadding', args.cellpadding or 0)<br /> .css('float', args.float or 'right')<br /> .css('clear', (args.float == 'none' and 'both') or args.float or 'right')<br /> .css('width', args.width or '22.0em')<br /> .css('margin', args.float == 'left' and '0 1.0em 1.0em 0' or '0 0 1.0em 1.0em')<br /> .css('background', '#f9f9f9')<br /> .css('border', '1px solid #aaa')<br /> .css('padding', '0.2em')<br /> .css('border-spacing', '0.4em 0')<br /> .css('text-align', 'center')<br /> .css('line-height', '1.4em')<br /> .css('font-size', '88%')<br /> .cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style)<br /> <br /> if args.outertitle then<br /> root<br /> .tag('caption')<br /> .addClass(args.outertitleclass)<br /> .css('padding-bottom', '0.2em')<br /> .css('font-size', '125%')<br /> .css('line-height', '1.2em')<br /> .css('font-weight', 'bold')<br /> .cssText(args.outertitlestyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.outertitle)<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.topimage then<br /> local imageCell = root.tag('tr').tag('td')<br /> <br /> imageCell<br /> .addClass(args.topimageclass)<br /> .css('padding', '0.4em 0')<br /> .cssText(args.topimagestyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.topimage)<br /> <br /> if args.topcaption then<br /> imageCell<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .css('padding-top', '0.2em')<br /> .css('line-height', '1.2em')<br /> .cssText(args.topcaptionstyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.topcaption)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.pretitle then<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .addClass(args.pretitleclass)<br /> .cssText(args.basestyle)<br /> .css('padding-top', args.topimage and '0.2em' or '0.4em')<br /> .css('line-height', '1.2em')<br /> .cssText(args.pretitlestyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.pretitle)<br /> end<br /> <br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.title then<br /> if child then<br /> root<br /> .wikitext(args.title)<br /> .tag('/th', {unclosed = true})<br /> .tag('/tr', {unclosed = true})<br /> else<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('th')<br /> .addClass(args.titleclass)<br /> .cssText(args.basestyle)<br /> .css('padding', '0.2em 0.4em 0.2em')<br /> .css('padding-top', args.pretitle and 0)<br /> .css('font-size', '145%')<br /> .css('line-height', '1.2em')<br /> .cssText(args.titlestyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.title)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.image then<br /> local imageCell = root.tag('tr').tag('td')<br /> <br /> imageCell<br /> .addClass(args.imageclass)<br /> .css('padding', '0.2em 0 0.4em')<br /> .cssText(args.imagestyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.image)<br /> <br /> if args.caption then<br /> imageCell<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .css('padding-top', '0.2em')<br /> .css('line-height', '1.2em')<br /> .cssText(args.captionstyle)<br /> .wikitext(args.caption)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.above then<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .addClass(args.aboveclass)<br /> .css('padding', '0.3em 0.4em 0.3em')<br /> .css('font-weight', 'bold')<br /> .cssText(args.abovestyle)<br /> .newline() -- newline required for bullet-points to work<br /> .wikitext(args.above)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local rowNums = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(args) do<br /> k = '' .. k<br /> local num = k:match('^heading(%d+)$') or k:match('^content(%d+)$')<br /> if num then table.insert(rowNums, tonumber(num)) end<br /> end<br /> table.sort(rowNums)<br /> -- remove duplicates from the list (e.g. 3 will be duplicated if both heading3 and content3 are specified)<br /> for i = #rowNums, 1, -1 do<br /> if rowNums[i] == rowNums[i - 1] then<br /> table.remove(rowNums, i)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> for i, num in ipairs(rowNums) do<br /> local heading = args['heading' .. num]<br /> if heading then<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('th')<br /> .addClass(args.headingclass)<br /> .css('padding', '0.1em')<br /> .cssText(args.basestyle)<br /> .cssText(args.headingstyle)<br /> .cssText(args['heading' .. num .. 'style'])<br /> .newline()<br /> .wikitext(heading)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local content = args['content' .. num]<br /> if content then<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .addClass(args.contentclass)<br /> .css('padding', '0 0.1em 0.4em')<br /> .cssText(args.contentstyle)<br /> .cssText(args['content' .. num .. 'style'])<br /> .newline()<br /> .wikitext(content)<br /> .done()<br /> .newline() -- Without a linebreak after the &lt;/td&gt;, a nested list like &quot;* {{hlist| ...}}&quot; doesn't parse correctly.<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args.below then<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .addClass(args.belowclass)<br /> .css('padding', '0.3em 0.4em 0.3em')<br /> .css('font-weight', 'bold')<br /> .cssText(args.belowstyle)<br /> .newline()<br /> .wikitext(args.below)<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not child then<br /> local navbarArg = args.navbar or args.tnavbar<br /> if navbarArg ~= 'none' and navbarArg ~= 'off' then<br /> root<br /> .tag('tr')<br /> .tag('td')<br /> .css('text-align', 'right')<br /> .css('font-size', '115%')<br /> .cssText(args.navbarstyle or args.tnavbarstyle)<br /> .wikitext(navbar{<br /> args.name,<br /> mini = 1,<br /> fontstyle = args.navbarfontstyle or args.tnavbarfontstyle<br /> })<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return tostring(root)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function _collapsibleSidebar(args)<br /> args.abovestyle = 'border-top: 1px solid #aaa; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;' .. (args.abovestyle or '')<br /> args.belowstyle = 'border-top: 1px solid #aaa; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;' .. (args.belowstyle or '')<br /> args.navbarstyle = 'padding-top: 0.6em;' .. (args.navbarstyle or args.tnavbarstyle or '')<br /> <br /> local contentArgs = {}<br /> <br /> for k, v in pairs(args) do<br /> local num = ('' .. k):match('^list(%d+)$')<br /> if num then <br /> local expand = args.expanded and (args.expanded == 'all' or args.expanded == args['list' .. num .. 'name'])<br /> <br /> local row = HtmlBuilder.create('div')<br /> row<br /> .addClass('NavFrame')<br /> .addClass((not expand) and 'collapsed')<br /> .css('border', 'none')<br /> .css('padding', 0)<br /> .cssText(args.listframestyle)<br /> .cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'framestyle'])<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .addClass('NavHead')<br /> .addClass(args.listtitleclass)<br /> .css('font-size', '105%')<br /> .css('background', 'transparent')<br /> .css('text-align', 'left')<br /> .cssText(args.basestyle)<br /> .cssText(args.listtitlestyle)<br /> .cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'titlestyle'])<br /> .wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num .. 'title'] or 'List'))<br /> .done()<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .addClass('NavContent')<br /> .addClass(args.listclass)<br /> .addClass(args['list' .. num .. 'class'])<br /> .css('font-size', '105%')<br /> .css('padding', '0.2em 0 0.4em')<br /> .css('text-align', 'center')<br /> .cssText(args.liststyle)<br /> .cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'style'])<br /> .wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num]))<br /> <br /> contentArgs['content' .. num] = tostring(row)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> for k, v in pairs(contentArgs) do<br /> args[k] = v<br /> end<br /> <br /> return _sidebar(args)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function makeWrapper(func)<br /> return function(frame)<br /> if not getArgs then<br /> getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs<br /> end<br /> return func(getArgs(frame))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return {<br /> sidebar = makeWrapper(_sidebar),<br /> collapsible = makeWrapper(_collapsibleSidebar)<br /> }</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:TableTools 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- TableTools --<br /> -- --<br /> -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. --<br /> -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should --<br /> -- not be called directly from #invoke. --<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> -- Define often-used variables and functions.<br /> local floor = math.floor<br /> local infinity = math.huge<br /> local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- isPositiveInteger<br /> --<br /> -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false<br /> -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is<br /> -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the<br /> -- hash part of a table.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.isPositiveInteger(v)<br /> if type(v) == 'number' and v &gt;= 1 and floor(v) == v and v &lt; infinity then<br /> return true<br /> else<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- isNan<br /> --<br /> -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false<br /> -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is<br /> -- useful for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will<br /> -- generate an error if a NaN is used as a table key.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.isNan(v)<br /> if type(v) == 'number' and tostring(v) == '-nan' then<br /> return true<br /> else<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- shallowClone<br /> --<br /> -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all<br /> -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned<br /> -- table will have no metatable of its own.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.shallowClone(t)<br /> local ret = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(t) do<br /> ret[k] = v<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- removeDuplicates<br /> --<br /> -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are<br /> -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are<br /> -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.removeDuplicates(t)<br /> checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, t, 'table')<br /> local isNan = p.isNan<br /> local ret, exists = {}, {}<br /> for i, v in ipairs(t) do<br /> if isNan(v) then<br /> -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence.<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = v<br /> else<br /> if not exists[v] then<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = v<br /> exists[v] = true<br /> end<br /> end <br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end <br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- numKeys<br /> --<br /> -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical<br /> -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.numKeys(t)<br /> checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table')<br /> local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger<br /> local nums = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(t) do<br /> if isPositiveInteger(k) then<br /> nums[#nums + 1] = k<br /> end<br /> end<br /> table.sort(nums)<br /> return nums<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- affixNums<br /> --<br /> -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the<br /> -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table<br /> -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix &quot;a&quot;, affixNums will<br /> -- return {1, 3, 6}.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix)<br /> checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table')<br /> checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true)<br /> checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true)<br /> <br /> local function cleanPattern(s)<br /> -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally.<br /> s = s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1')<br /> return s<br /> end<br /> <br /> prefix = prefix or ''<br /> suffix = suffix or ''<br /> prefix = cleanPattern(prefix)<br /> suffix = cleanPattern(suffix)<br /> local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$'<br /> <br /> local nums = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(t) do<br /> if type(k) == 'string' then <br /> local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern)<br /> if num then<br /> nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> table.sort(nums)<br /> return nums<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- numData<br /> --<br /> -- Given a table with keys like (&quot;foo1&quot;, &quot;bar1&quot;, &quot;foo2&quot;, &quot;baz2&quot;), returns a table<br /> -- of subtables in the format <br /> -- { [1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'} }<br /> -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named &quot;other&quot;.<br /> -- The compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with<br /> -- ipairs.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.numData(t, compress)<br /> checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table')<br /> checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true)<br /> local ret = {}<br /> for k, v in pairs(t) do<br /> local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$')<br /> if num then<br /> num = tonumber(num)<br /> local subtable = ret[num] or {}<br /> if prefix == '' then<br /> -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead.<br /> prefix = 1<br /> end<br /> subtable[prefix] = v<br /> ret[num] = subtable<br /> else<br /> local subtable = ret.other or {}<br /> subtable[k] = v<br /> ret.other = subtable<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if compress then<br /> local other = ret.other<br /> ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret)<br /> ret.other = other<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- compressSparseArray<br /> --<br /> -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values<br /> -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with<br /> -- ipairs.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.compressSparseArray(t)<br /> checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table')<br /> local ret = {}<br /> local nums = p.numKeys(t)<br /> for _, num in ipairs(nums) do<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = t[num]<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- sparseIpairs<br /> --<br /> -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can<br /> -- handle nil values.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.sparseIpairs(t)<br /> checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table')<br /> local nums = p.numKeys(t)<br /> local i = 0<br /> local lim = #nums<br /> return function ()<br /> i = i + 1<br /> if i &lt;= lim then<br /> local key = nums[i]<br /> return key, t[key]<br /> else<br /> return nil, nil<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- size<br /> --<br /> -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays,<br /> -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator.<br /> ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> function p.size(t)<br /> checkType('size', 1, t, 'table')<br /> local i = 0<br /> for k in pairs(t) do<br /> i = i + 1<br /> end<br /> return i<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Yesno 2014-08-16T17:05:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.<br /> -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.<br /> <br /> return function (val, default)<br /> -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of &quot;yes&quot;, &quot;no&quot;, etc., you<br /> -- should replace &quot;val:lower()&quot; with &quot;mw.ustring.lower(val)&quot; in the<br /> -- following line.<br /> val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val<br /> if val == nil then<br /> return nil<br /> elseif val == true <br /> or val == 'yes'<br /> or val == 'y'<br /> or val == 'true'<br /> or tonumber(val) == 1<br /> then<br /> return true<br /> elseif val == false<br /> or val == 'no'<br /> or val == 'n'<br /> or val == 'false'<br /> or tonumber(val) == 0<br /> then<br /> return false<br /> else<br /> return default<br /> end<br /> end</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Arguments 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from<br /> -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be<br /> -- called from #invoke directly.<br /> <br /> local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')<br /> local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType<br /> <br /> local arguments = {}<br /> <br /> -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the<br /> -- options every time we call it.<br /> <br /> local function tidyValDefault(key, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' then<br /> val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> if val == '' then<br /> return nil<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' then<br /> return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' then<br /> if val:find('%S') then<br /> return val<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> <br /> function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)<br /> checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true)<br /> checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true)<br /> frame = frame or {}<br /> options = options or {}<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the<br /> -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending<br /> -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't<br /> -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module<br /> -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args<br /> -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).<br /> --]]<br /> local fargs, pargs, luaArgs<br /> if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then<br /> if options.wrappers then<br /> --[[<br /> -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in<br /> -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but<br /> -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax<br /> -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated<br /> -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.<br /> -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame<br /> -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper;<br /> -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed<br /> -- to getArgs.<br /> --]]<br /> local parent = frame:getParent()<br /> if not parent then<br /> fargs = frame.args<br /> else<br /> local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')<br /> local found = false<br /> if type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then<br /> for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do<br /> if v == title then<br /> found = true<br /> break<br /> end<br /> end<br /> elseif options.wrappers == title then<br /> found = true<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.<br /> if found or options.frameOnly == false then<br /> pargs = parent.args<br /> end<br /> if not found or options.parentOnly == false then<br /> fargs = frame.args<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else<br /> -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options.<br /> if not options.parentOnly then<br /> fargs = frame.args<br /> end<br /> if not options.frameOnly then<br /> local parent = frame:getParent()<br /> pargs = parent and parent.args or nil<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if options.parentFirst then<br /> fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs<br /> end<br /> else<br /> luaArgs = frame<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are<br /> -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes<br /> -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. <br /> local argTables = {fargs}<br /> argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs<br /> argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we<br /> -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the<br /> -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table<br /> -- every time the function is called.<br /> --]]<br /> local tidyVal = options.valueFunc<br /> if tidyVal then<br /> if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then<br /> error(<br /> &quot;bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'&quot;<br /> .. '(function expected, got '<br /> .. type(tidyVal)<br /> .. ')',<br /> 2<br /> )<br /> end<br /> elseif options.trim ~= false then<br /> if options.removeBlanks ~= false then<br /> tidyVal = tidyValDefault<br /> else<br /> tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly<br /> end<br /> else<br /> if options.removeBlanks ~= false then<br /> tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly<br /> else<br /> tidyVal = tidyValNoChange<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one<br /> -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil<br /> -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them<br /> -- together.<br /> --]]<br /> local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}<br /> setmetatable(args, metatable)<br /> <br /> local function mergeArgs(iterator, tables)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values<br /> -- into one table using the specified iterator. If a value is already<br /> -- present it is not overwritten; tables listed earlier have precedence.<br /> -- We are also memoizing nil values, but those values can be<br /> -- overwritten.<br /> --]]<br /> for _, t in ipairs(tables) do<br /> for key, val in iterator(t) do<br /> if metaArgs[key] == nil then<br /> local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)<br /> if tidiedVal == nil then<br /> nilArgs[key] = true<br /> else<br /> metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,<br /> -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments<br /> -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this<br /> -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil<br /> -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record<br /> -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not<br /> -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do<br /> -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all<br /> -- the arguments will already have been copied over.<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> metatable.__index = function (t, key)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check<br /> -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from<br /> -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check<br /> -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.<br /> -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether<br /> -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.<br /> -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into<br /> -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments<br /> -- must be nil.<br /> --]]<br /> local val = metaArgs[key]<br /> if val ~= nil then<br /> return val<br /> elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do<br /> local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])<br /> if argTableVal == nil then<br /> nilArgs[key] = true<br /> else<br /> metaArgs[key] = argTableVal<br /> return argTableVal<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)<br /> -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the<br /> -- args table, or tries to change an existing value.<br /> if options.readOnly then<br /> error(<br /> 'could not write to argument table key &quot;'<br /> .. tostring(key)<br /> .. '&quot;; the table is read-only',<br /> 2<br /> )<br /> elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then<br /> error(<br /> 'could not write to argument table key &quot;'<br /> .. tostring(key)<br /> .. '&quot;; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted',<br /> 2<br /> )<br /> elseif val == nil then<br /> --[[<br /> -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase<br /> -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do<br /> -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need<br /> -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked<br /> -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.<br /> --]]<br /> metaArgs[key] = nil<br /> nilArgs[key] = true<br /> else<br /> metaArgs[key] = val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.__pairs = function ()<br /> -- Called when pairs is run on the args table.<br /> if not metatable.donePairs then<br /> mergeArgs(pairs, argTables)<br /> metatable.donePairs = true<br /> metatable.doneIpairs = true<br /> end<br /> return pairs(metaArgs)<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.__ipairs = function ()<br /> -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.<br /> if not metatable.doneIpairs then<br /> mergeArgs(ipairs, argTables)<br /> metatable.doneIpairs = true<br /> end<br /> return ipairs(metaArgs)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return args<br /> end<br /> <br /> return arguments</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- --<br /> -- CATEGORY HANDLER --<br /> -- --<br /> -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, --<br /> -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases --<br /> -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for --<br /> -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] --<br /> -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be --<br /> -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in --<br /> -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted --<br /> -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. --<br /> -- --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- Load required modules<br /> local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')<br /> <br /> -- Lazily load things we don't always need<br /> local mShared, mappings<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Helper functions<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks)<br /> if type(s) ~= 'string' then<br /> return s<br /> end<br /> s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> if removeBlanks then<br /> if s ~= '' then<br /> return s<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return s<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- CategoryHandler class<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local CategoryHandler = {}<br /> CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler.new(data, args)<br /> local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler)<br /> <br /> -- Set the title object<br /> do<br /> local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage')<br /> local success, titleObj<br /> if pagename then<br /> success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename)<br /> end<br /> if success and titleObj then<br /> obj.title = titleObj<br /> if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then<br /> obj._usesCurrentTitle = true<br /> end<br /> else<br /> obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> obj._usesCurrentTitle = true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set suppression parameter values<br /> for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do<br /> local value = obj:parameter(key)<br /> value = trimWhitespace(value, true)<br /> obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value)<br /> end<br /> do<br /> local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage')<br /> local category2 = obj:parameter('category2')<br /> if type(subpage) == 'string' then<br /> subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage)<br /> end<br /> if type(category2) == 'string' then<br /> subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2)<br /> end<br /> obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true)<br /> obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values<br /> end<br /> return obj<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:parameter(key)<br /> local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key]<br /> local pntype = type(parameterNames)<br /> if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then<br /> return self._args[parameterNames]<br /> elseif pntype == 'table' then<br /> for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do<br /> local value = self._args[name]<br /> if value ~= nil then<br /> return value<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return nil<br /> else<br /> error(string.format(<br /> 'invalid config key &quot;%s&quot;',<br /> tostring(key)<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments()<br /> return<br /> -- See if a category suppression argument has been set.<br /> self._nocat == true<br /> or self._categories == false<br /> or (<br /> self._category2<br /> and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes<br /> and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative<br /> )<br /> <br /> -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are<br /> -- suppressed based on our subpage status.<br /> or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage<br /> or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck()<br /> -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we<br /> -- should skip the blacklist check.<br /> return self._nocat == false<br /> or self._categories == true<br /> or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist()<br /> if self._usesCurrentTitle then<br /> return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist<br /> else<br /> mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> return mShared.matchesBlacklist(<br /> self.title.prefixedText,<br /> mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist')<br /> )<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed()<br /> -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by<br /> -- matching the blacklist.<br /> return self:isSuppressedByArguments()<br /> or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist()<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters()<br /> if self._usesCurrentTitle then<br /> return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters<br /> else<br /> if not mappings then<br /> mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData<br /> end<br /> return mShared.getNamespaceParameters(<br /> self.title,<br /> mappings<br /> )<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist()<br /> -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified.<br /> -- We use the order &quot;all&quot; --&gt; namespace params --&gt; &quot;other&quot; as this is what<br /> -- the old template did.<br /> if self:parameter('all') then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> if not mappings then<br /> mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData<br /> end<br /> for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do<br /> for i, param in ipairs(params) do<br /> if self._args[param] then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if self:parameter('other') then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:getCategories()<br /> local params = self:getNamespaceParameters()<br /> local nsCategory<br /> for i, param in ipairs(params) do<br /> local value = self._args[param]<br /> if value ~= nil then<br /> nsCategory = value<br /> break<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then<br /> -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage.<br /> if nsCategory == nil then<br /> nsCategory = self:parameter('other')<br /> end<br /> local ret = {self:parameter('all')}<br /> local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory)<br /> if numParam and numParam &gt;= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then<br /> -- nsCategory is an integer<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam]<br /> else<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory<br /> end<br /> if #ret &lt; 1 then<br /> return nil<br /> else<br /> return table.concat(ret)<br /> end<br /> elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then<br /> -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage.<br /> return self._args[1]<br /> end<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Exports<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> function p._exportClasses()<br /> -- Used for testing purposes.<br /> return {<br /> CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler<br /> }<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._main(args, data)<br /> data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data')<br /> local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args)<br /> if handler:isSuppressed() then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> return handler:getCategories()<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.main(frame, data)<br /> data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data')<br /> local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {<br /> wrappers = data.wrappers,<br /> valueFunc = function (k, v)<br /> v = trimWhitespace(v)<br /> if type(k) == 'number' then<br /> if v ~= '' then<br /> return v<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return v<br /> end<br /> end<br /> })<br /> return p._main(args, data)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/blacklist 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]].<br /> -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless<br /> -- categorisation is explicitly requested.<br /> <br /> return {<br /> '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page.<br /> <br /> -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages.<br /> -- &quot;%f[/\0]&quot; matches if the next character is &quot;/&quot; or the end of the string.<br /> '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]',<br /> '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox &quot;template&quot; space.<br /> '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]',<br /> <br /> -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow<br /> -- categorisation of the base page.<br /> '^Wikipedia:Template messages/.*$',<br /> <br /> '/[aA]rchive' -- Don't categorise archives.<br /> }</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/config 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>--------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data --<br /> -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. --<br /> -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line.<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Start configuration data --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Parameter names --<br /> -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. --<br /> -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- foo = 'parameter name', --<br /> -- --<br /> -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> cfg.parameters = {<br /> <br /> -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress<br /> -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows:<br /> --<br /> -- cfg.nocat:<br /> -- Result of yesno() Effect<br /> -- true Categorisation is suppressed<br /> -- false Categorisation is allowed, and<br /> -- the blacklist check is skipped<br /> -- nil Categorisation is allowed<br /> --<br /> -- cfg.categories:<br /> -- Result of yesno() Effect<br /> -- true Categorisation is allowed, and<br /> -- the blacklist check is skipped<br /> -- false Categorisation is suppressed<br /> -- nil Categorisation is allowed<br /> nocat = 'nocat',<br /> categories = 'categories',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter name for the legacy &quot;category2&quot; parameter. This skips the<br /> -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses<br /> -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than<br /> -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative.<br /> category2 = 'category2',<br /> <br /> -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages.<br /> subpage = 'subpage',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces.<br /> all = 'all',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the<br /> -- namespace that is detected.<br /> other = 'other',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page;<br /> -- used for testing and demonstration.<br /> demopage = 'page',<br /> }<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Parameter values --<br /> -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one --<br /> -- value can be specified, like this: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting<br /> -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2<br /> -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or<br /> -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation.<br /> cfg.category2Yes = 'yes'<br /> cfg.category2Negative = '¬'<br /> <br /> -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter.<br /> -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages;<br /> -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages.<br /> cfg.subpageNo = 'no'<br /> cfg.subpageOnly = 'only'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Default namespaces --<br /> -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the --<br /> -- namespace numbers. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> cfg.defaultNamespaces = {<br /> [ 0] = true, -- main<br /> [ 6] = true, -- file<br /> [ 12] = true, -- help<br /> [ 14] = true, -- category<br /> [100] = true, -- portal<br /> [108] = true, -- book<br /> }<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Wrappers --<br /> -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to --<br /> -- [[Module:Arguments]]. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- End configuration data --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> return cfg -- Don't edit this line.</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/data 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using<br /> -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current<br /> -- page matches the title blacklist.<br /> <br /> local data = require('Module:Category handler/config')<br /> local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist')<br /> local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> <br /> data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist(<br /> title.prefixedText,<br /> blacklist<br /> )<br /> <br /> data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters(<br /> title,<br /> mShared.getParamMappings()<br /> )<br /> <br /> return data</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/shared 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]]<br /> -- and its submodules.<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist)<br /> for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do<br /> local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern)<br /> if match then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData)<br /> local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data'<br /> if useLoadData then<br /> return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings<br /> else<br /> return require(dataPage).mappings<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings)<br /> -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds<br /> -- underscores.<br /> local mappingsKey<br /> if titleObj.isTalkPage then<br /> mappingsKey = 'talk'<br /> else<br /> mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name<br /> end<br /> mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey)<br /> return mappings[mappingsKey] or {}<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Documentation 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module implements {{documentation}}.<br /> <br /> -- Get required modules.<br /> local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs<br /> local htmlBuilder = require('Module:HtmlBuilder')<br /> local messageBox = require('Module:Message box')<br /> <br /> -- Get the config table.<br /> local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config')<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> -- Often-used functions.<br /> local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Helper functions<br /> --<br /> -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p<br /> -- table for testing purposes.<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.<br /> -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not<br /> -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'.<br /> -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the<br /> -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.<br /> -- For example, if the message &quot;foo-message&quot; had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.',<br /> -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return &quot;Foo qux bar baz.&quot;<br /> --]]<br /> local msg = cfg[cfgKey]<br /> expectType = expectType or 'string'<br /> if type(msg) ~= expectType then<br /> error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2)<br /> end<br /> if not valArray then<br /> return msg<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function getMessageVal(match)<br /> match = tonumber(match)<br /> return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal)<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> p.message = message<br /> <br /> local function makeWikilink(page, display)<br /> if display then<br /> return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display)<br /> else<br /> return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink<br /> <br /> local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)<br /> local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name<br /> return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort)<br /> end<br /> <br /> p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink<br /> <br /> local function makeUrlLink(url, display)<br /> return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display)<br /> end<br /> <br /> p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink<br /> <br /> local function makeToolbar(...)<br /> local ret = {}<br /> local lim = select('#', ...)<br /> if lim &lt; 1 then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> for i = 1, lim do<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)<br /> end<br /> return '&lt;small style=&quot;font-style: normal;&quot;&gt;(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &amp;#124; ') .. ')&lt;/small&gt;'<br /> end <br /> <br /> p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Argument processing<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)<br /> return function (frame)<br /> local args = getArgs(frame, {<br /> valueFunc = function (key, value)<br /> if type(value) == 'string' then<br /> value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace.<br /> if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then<br /> return value<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return value<br /> end<br /> end<br /> })<br /> return p[funcName](args)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Main function<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main')<br /> <br /> function p._main(args)<br /> --[[<br /> -- This function defines logic flow for the module.<br /> -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'main-div-id' --&gt; 'template-documentation'<br /> -- 'main-div-classes' --&gt; 'template-documentation iezoomfix'<br /> --]]<br /> local env = p.getEnvironment(args)<br /> local root = htmlBuilder.create()<br /> root<br /> .wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))<br /> .wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))<br /> -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here<br /> -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags.<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .attr('id', message('main-div-id'))<br /> .addClass(message('main-div-classes'))<br /> .newline()<br /> .wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))<br /> .wikitext(p._content(args, env))<br /> .tag('div')<br /> .css('clear', 'both') -- So right or left floating items don't stick out of the doc box.<br /> .newline()<br /> .done()<br /> .done()<br /> .wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))<br /> .wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))<br /> return tostring(root)<br /> end<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Environment settings<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> function p.getEnvironment(args)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or<br /> -- path-related data.<br /> -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user<br /> --<br /> -- Title objects include:<br /> -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)<br /> -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)<br /> -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.<br /> -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.<br /> -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.<br /> -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage.<br /> --<br /> -- Data includes:<br /> -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.<br /> -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace.<br /> -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.<br /> -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.<br /> -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.<br /> -- <br /> -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value<br /> -- returned will be nil.<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> local env, envFuncs = {}, {}<br /> <br /> -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value<br /> -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions<br /> -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.)<br /> setmetatable(env, {<br /> __index = function (t, key)<br /> local envFunc = envFuncs[key]<br /> if envFunc then<br /> local success, val = pcall(envFunc)<br /> if success then<br /> env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> }) <br /> <br /> function envFuncs.title()<br /> -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.<br /> local title<br /> local titleArg = args.page<br /> if titleArg then<br /> title = mw.title.new(titleArg)<br /> else<br /> title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> end<br /> return title<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.templateTitle()<br /> --[[<br /> -- The template (or module, etc.) title object.<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'sandbox-subpage' --&gt; 'sandbox'<br /> -- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'<br /> --]]<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> local title = env.title<br /> local subpage = title.subpageText<br /> if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then<br /> return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)<br /> else<br /> return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.docTitle()<br /> --[[<br /> -- Title object of the /doc subpage.<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'doc-subpage' --&gt; 'doc'<br /> --]]<br /> local title = env.title<br /> local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.<br /> local docpage<br /> if docname then<br /> docpage = docname<br /> else<br /> docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage')<br /> end<br /> return mw.title.new(docpage)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()<br /> --[[<br /> -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'sandbox-subpage' --&gt; 'sandbox'<br /> --]]<br /> return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage'))<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()<br /> --[[<br /> -- Title object for the /testcases subpage.<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'<br /> --]]<br /> return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage'))<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.printTitle()<br /> --[[<br /> -- Title object for the /Print subpage.<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'print-subpage' --&gt; 'Print'<br /> --]]<br /> return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage'))<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.protectionLevels()<br /> -- The protection levels table of the title object.<br /> return env.title.protectionLevels<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.subjectSpace()<br /> -- The subject namespace number.<br /> return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.docSpace()<br /> -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the<br /> -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category<br /> -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space.<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then<br /> return subjectSpace + 1<br /> else<br /> return subjectSpace<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.docpageBase()<br /> -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.<br /> -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.<br /> local templateTitle = env.templateTitle<br /> local docSpace = env.docSpace<br /> local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name<br /> -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.<br /> return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text<br /> end<br /> <br /> function envFuncs.compareUrl()<br /> -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].<br /> local templateTitle = env.templateTitle<br /> local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle<br /> if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then<br /> local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl(<br /> 'Special:ComparePages',<br /> {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}<br /> )<br /> return tostring(compareUrl)<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> end <br /> <br /> return env<br /> end <br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Auxiliary templates<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)<br /> --[=[<br /> -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --&gt; '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --&gt; 'This is the $1 for $2.'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --&gt; 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --&gt; '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --&gt; '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --&gt; 'sandbox page'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --&gt; 'diff'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --&gt; 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'<br /> -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'test cases'<br /> -- 'sandbox-category' --&gt; 'Template sandboxes'<br /> --]=]<br /> local title = env.title<br /> local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle<br /> local templateTitle = env.templateTitle<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, &quot;image&quot; and &quot;text&quot;.<br /> local omargs = {}<br /> omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image')<br /> -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like<br /> -- &quot;This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff).&quot;<br /> local text = ''<br /> local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()<br /> local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed.<br /> local pagetype<br /> if subjectSpace == 10 then<br /> pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template')<br /> elseif subjectSpace == 828 then<br /> pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module')<br /> else<br /> pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other')<br /> end<br /> local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)<br /> local compareUrl = env.compareUrl<br /> if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then<br /> text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink})<br /> else<br /> local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display')<br /> local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)<br /> text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})<br /> end<br /> -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like<br /> -- &quot;See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]].&quot;<br /> local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle<br /> if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then<br /> if testcasesTitle.namespace == mw.site.namespaces.Module.id then<br /> local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')<br /> local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display')<br /> local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)<br /> local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)<br /> text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})<br /> else<br /> local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')<br /> local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)<br /> text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink})<br /> end<br /> end<br /> -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.<br /> text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category'))<br /> omargs.text = text<br /> local ret = '&lt;div style=&quot;clear: both;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;'<br /> ret = ret .. messageBox.main('ombox', omargs)<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.protectionTemplate(env)<br /> -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'protection-template' --&gt; 'pp-template'<br /> -- 'protection-template-args' --&gt; {docusage = 'yes'}<br /> local title = env.title<br /> local protectionLevels<br /> local protectionTemplate = message('protection-template')<br /> local namespace = title.namespace<br /> if not (protectionTemplate and (namespace == 10 or namespace == 828)) then<br /> -- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces.<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels<br /> if not protectionLevels then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> local editLevels = protectionLevels.edit<br /> local moveLevels = protectionLevels.move<br /> if moveLevels and moveLevels[1] == 'sysop' or editLevels and editLevels[1] then<br /> -- The page is full-move protected, or full, template, or semi-protected.<br /> local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()<br /> return frame:expandTemplate{title = protectionTemplate, args = message('protection-template-args', nil, 'table')}<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Start box<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox')<br /> <br /> function p._startBox(args, env)<br /> --[[<br /> -- This function generates the start box.<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- <br /> -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make<br /> -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox<br /> -- which generate the box HTML.<br /> --]]<br /> env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)<br /> local links<br /> local content = args.content<br /> if not content then<br /> -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.<br /> local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)<br /> if linksData then<br /> links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> -- Generate the start box html.<br /> local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)<br /> if data then<br /> return p.renderStartBox(data)<br /> else<br /> -- User specified no heading.<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'view-link-display' --&gt; 'view'<br /> -- 'edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'<br /> -- 'history-link-display' --&gt; 'history'<br /> -- 'purge-link-display' --&gt; 'purge'<br /> -- 'file-docpage-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace'<br /> -- 'module-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'<br /> -- 'docpage-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload'<br /> -- 'create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'<br /> --]]<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> local title = env.title<br /> local docTitle = env.docTitle<br /> if not title or not docTitle then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> local data = {}<br /> data.title = title<br /> data.docTitle = docTitle<br /> -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.<br /> data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display')<br /> data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display')<br /> data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display')<br /> data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display')<br /> -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist.<br /> local preload = args.preload<br /> if not preload then<br /> if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace<br /> preload = message('file-docpage-preload')<br /> elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace<br /> preload = message('module-preload')<br /> else<br /> preload = message('docpage-preload')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> data.preload = preload<br /> data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display')<br /> return data<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table.<br /> -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> local function escapeBrackets(s)<br /> -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities.<br /> s = s:gsub('%[', '&amp;#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities.<br /> s = s:gsub('%]', '&amp;#93;')<br /> return s<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ret<br /> local docTitle = data.docTitle<br /> local title = data.title<br /> if docTitle.exists then<br /> local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)<br /> local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay)<br /> local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay)<br /> local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay)<br /> ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]'<br /> ret = escapeBrackets(ret)<br /> ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink)<br /> else<br /> local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)<br /> ret = '[%s]'<br /> ret = escapeBrackets(ret)<br /> ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink)<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)<br /> --[=[<br /> -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error.<br /> --<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --&gt; '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]'<br /> -- 'template-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Template documentation'<br /> -- 'module-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Module documentation'<br /> -- 'file-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Summary'<br /> -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --&gt; 'Documentation'<br /> -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --&gt; 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'<br /> -- 'start-box-link-id' --&gt; 'doc_editlinks'<br /> -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'<br /> --]=]<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> if not subjectSpace then<br /> -- Default to an &quot;other namespaces&quot; namespace, so that we get at least some output<br /> -- if an error occurs.<br /> subjectSpace = 2<br /> end<br /> local data = {}<br /> <br /> -- Heading<br /> local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.<br /> if heading == '' then<br /> -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> if heading then<br /> data.heading = heading<br /> elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace<br /> data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading')<br /> elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace<br /> data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading')<br /> elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace<br /> data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading')<br /> else<br /> data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading')<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Heading CSS<br /> local headingStyle = args['heading-style']<br /> if headingStyle then<br /> data.headingStyleText = headingStyle<br /> elseif subjectSpace == 10 then<br /> -- We are in the template or template talk namespaces.<br /> data.headingFontWeight = 'bold'<br /> data.headingFontSize = '125%'<br /> else<br /> data.headingFontSize = '150%'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.<br /> if links then<br /> data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses')<br /> data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id')<br /> data.links = links<br /> end<br /> <br /> return data<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.renderStartBox(data)<br /> -- Renders the start box html.<br /> -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.<br /> local sbox = htmlBuilder.create('div')<br /> sbox<br /> .css('padding-bottom', '3px')<br /> .css('border-bottom', '1px solid #aaa')<br /> .css('margin-bottom', '1ex')<br /> .newline()<br /> .tag('span')<br /> .cssText(data.headingStyleText)<br /> .css('font-weight', data.headingFontWeight)<br /> .css('font-size', data.headingFontSize)<br /> .wikitext(data.heading)<br /> local links = data.links<br /> if links then<br /> sbox.tag('span')<br /> .addClass(data.linksClass)<br /> .attr('id', data.linksId)<br /> .wikitext(links)<br /> end<br /> return tostring(sbox)<br /> end<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Documentation content<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content')<br /> <br /> function p._content(args, env)<br /> -- Displays the documentation contents<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)<br /> local docTitle = env.docTitle<br /> local content = args.content<br /> if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then<br /> content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}<br /> end<br /> -- The line breaks below are necessary so that &quot;=== Headings ===&quot; at the start and end<br /> -- of docs are interpreted correctly.<br /> return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' <br /> end<br /> <br /> p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle')<br /> <br /> function p._contentTitle(args, env)<br /> env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)<br /> local docTitle = env.docTitle<br /> if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then<br /> return docTitle.prefixedText<br /> else<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- End box<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox')<br /> <br /> function p._endBox(args, env)<br /> --[=[<br /> -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'fmbox-id' --&gt; 'documentation-meta-data'<br /> -- 'fmbox-style' --&gt; 'background-color: #ecfcf4'<br /> -- 'fmbox-textstyle' --&gt; 'font-style: italic'<br /> -- <br /> -- The HTML is generated by the {{fmbox}} template, courtesy of [[Module:Message box]].<br /> --]=]<br /> <br /> -- Get environment data.<br /> env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> local docTitle = env.docTitle<br /> if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end<br /> -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the<br /> -- user, module or template namespaces.<br /> local linkBox = args['link box']<br /> if linkBox == 'off'<br /> or not (<br /> docTitle.exists<br /> or subjectSpace == 2<br /> or subjectSpace == 828<br /> or subjectSpace == 10<br /> )<br /> then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Assemble the arguments for {{fmbox}}.<br /> local fmargs = {}<br /> fmargs.id = message('fmbox-id') -- Sets 'documentation-meta-data'<br /> fmargs.image = 'none'<br /> fmargs.style = message('fmbox-style') -- Sets 'background-color: #ecfcf4'<br /> fmargs.textstyle = message('fmbox-textstyle') -- 'font-style: italic;'<br /> <br /> -- Assemble the fmbox text field.<br /> local text = ''<br /> if linkBox then<br /> text = text .. linkBox<br /> else<br /> text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- &quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]].&quot; <br /> if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then<br /> -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.<br /> -- Add sandbox and testcases links.<br /> -- &quot;Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages.&quot;<br /> text = text .. p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)<br /> text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;'<br /> if not args.content and not args[1] then<br /> -- &quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&quot;<br /> -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,<br /> -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.<br /> text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '')<br /> end<br /> text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --&quot;Subpages of this template&quot;<br /> local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates.<br /> if printBlurb then<br /> text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. printBlurb<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> fmargs.text = text<br /> <br /> return messageBox.main('fmbox', fmargs)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)<br /> --[=[<br /> -- Makes the blurb &quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)&quot;.<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'<br /> -- 'history-link-display' --&gt; 'history'<br /> -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --&gt; <br /> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] <br /> -- is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'<br /> -- 'module-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'<br /> -- 'create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'<br /> -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --&gt;<br /> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'<br /> --]=]<br /> local docTitle = env.docTitle<br /> if not docTitle then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> local ret<br /> if docTitle.exists then<br /> -- /doc exists; link to it.<br /> local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)<br /> local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}<br /> local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display')<br /> local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay)<br /> local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}<br /> local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display')<br /> local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay)<br /> ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink})<br /> .. ' '<br /> .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)<br /> .. '&lt;br /&gt;'<br /> elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then<br /> -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.<br /> local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')}<br /> local createDisplay = message('create-link-display')<br /> local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)<br /> ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink})<br /> .. '&lt;br /&gt;'<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Renders the text &quot;Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.&quot;<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'sandbox-link-display' --&gt; 'sandbox'<br /> -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'<br /> -- 'compare-link-display' --&gt; 'diff'<br /> -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'<br /> -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'<br /> -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'<br /> -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --&gt; 'Create sandbox version of $1'<br /> -- 'mirror-link-display' --&gt; 'mirror'<br /> -- 'sandbox-link-display' --&gt; 'sandbox'<br /> -- 'testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'testcases'<br /> -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--&gt; 'edit'<br /> -- 'module-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'<br /> -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'<br /> -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'<br /> -- 'testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'testcases'<br /> -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'<br /> -- 'module-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'<br /> -- 'template-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'<br /> -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --&gt; 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.'<br /> -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --&gt; 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.'<br /> --]]<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> local templateTitle = env.templateTitle<br /> local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle<br /> local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle<br /> local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText<br /> if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> -- Make links.<br /> local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks<br /> if sandboxTitle.exists then<br /> local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText<br /> local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display')<br /> local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)<br /> local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}<br /> local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display')<br /> local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay)<br /> local compareUrl = env.compareUrl<br /> local compareLink<br /> if compareUrl then<br /> local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display')<br /> compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)<br /> end<br /> sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)<br /> else<br /> local sandboxPreload<br /> if subjectSpace == 828 then<br /> sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload')<br /> else<br /> sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload')<br /> end<br /> local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload}<br /> local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display')<br /> local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)<br /> local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)})<br /> local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templatePage, summary = mirrorSummary}<br /> local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display')<br /> local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)<br /> sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)<br /> end<br /> if testcasesTitle.exists then<br /> local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText<br /> local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display')<br /> local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)<br /> local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}<br /> local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display')<br /> local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay)<br /> testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)<br /> else<br /> local testcasesPreload<br /> if subjectSpace == 828 then<br /> testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload')<br /> else<br /> testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload')<br /> end<br /> local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload}<br /> local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display')<br /> local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)<br /> testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)<br /> end<br /> local messageName<br /> if subjectSpace == 828 then<br /> messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module'<br /> else<br /> messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template'<br /> end<br /> return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Generates the text &quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&quot;<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'doc-link-display' --&gt; '/doc'<br /> -- 'add-categories-blurb' --&gt; 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'<br /> --]]<br /> local docTitle = env.docTitle<br /> if not docTitle then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display'))<br /> return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink})<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Generates the &quot;Subpages of this template&quot; link.<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'template-pagetype' --&gt; 'template'<br /> -- 'module-pagetype' --&gt; 'module'<br /> -- 'default-pagetype' --&gt; 'page'<br /> -- 'subpages-link-display' --&gt; 'Subpages of this $1'<br /> --]]<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> local templateTitle = env.templateTitle<br /> if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> local pagetype<br /> if subjectSpace == 10 then<br /> pagetype = message('template-pagetype')<br /> elseif subjectSpace == 828 then<br /> pagetype = message('module-pagetype')<br /> else<br /> pagetype = message('default-pagetype')<br /> end<br /> local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(<br /> 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/',<br /> message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype})<br /> )<br /> return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink})<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env)<br /> --[=[<br /> -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available.<br /> -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> --<br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'print-link-display' --&gt; '/Print'<br /> -- 'print-blurb' --&gt; 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]'<br /> -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.'<br /> -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.'<br /> -- 'display-print-category' --&gt; true<br /> -- 'print-category' --&gt; 'Templates with print versions'<br /> --]=]<br /> local printTitle = env.printTitle<br /> if not printTitle then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> local ret<br /> if printTitle.exists then<br /> local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display'))<br /> ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink})<br /> local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean')<br /> if displayPrintCategory then<br /> ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category'))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Tracking categories<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> function p.addTrackingCategories(env)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.<br /> -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment<br /> <br /> -- Messages:<br /> -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --&gt; true<br /> -- 'doc-subpage' --&gt; 'doc'<br /> -- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'<br /> -- 'strange-usage-category' --&gt; 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'<br /> -- <br /> -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have<br /> -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.<br /> --]]<br /> local title = env.title<br /> local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace<br /> if not title or not subjectSpace then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> local subpage = title.subpageText<br /> local ret = ''<br /> if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean')<br /> and (<br /> subpage == message('doc-subpage')<br /> or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage')<br /> )<br /> then<br /> ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category'))<br /> end<br /> return ret<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Documentation/config 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --<br /> -- Configuration for Module:Documentation<br /> --<br /> -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to<br /> -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here<br /> -- should be string values.<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Protection template configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['protection-template']<br /> -- The name of the template that displays the protection icon (a padlock on enwiki).<br /> cfg['protection-template'] = 'pp-template'<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['protection-template-args']<br /> -- Any arguments to send to the protection template. This should be a Lua table.<br /> -- For example, if the protection template is &quot;pp-template&quot;, and the wikitext template invocation<br /> -- looks like &quot;{{pp-template|docusage=yes}}&quot;, then this table should look like &quot;{docusage = 'yes'}&quot;.<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['protection-template-args'] = {docusage = 'yes'}<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Sandbox notice configuration<br /> --<br /> -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a<br /> -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a<br /> -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the<br /> -- messages that the notices contains.<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image']<br /> -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other']<br /> -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject<br /> -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'].<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page'<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display']<br /> -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence<br /> -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page<br /> -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'],<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what<br /> -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between<br /> -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by <br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'].<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.'<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff'<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display']<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page<br /> -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link.<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page<br /> -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test<br /> -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test<br /> -- cases.<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases'<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).'<br /> cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['sandbox-category']<br /> -- A category to add to all template sandboxes.<br /> cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Start box configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext']<br /> -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.<br /> cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['template-namespace-heading']<br /> -- The heading shown in the template namespace.<br /> cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['module-namespace-heading']<br /> -- The heading shown in the module namespace.<br /> cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['file-namespace-heading']<br /> -- The heading shown in the file namespace.<br /> cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading']<br /> -- The heading shown in other namespaces.<br /> cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['view-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;view&quot; links.<br /> cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['edit-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;edit&quot; links.<br /> cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['history-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;history&quot; links.<br /> cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['purge-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;purge&quot; links.<br /> cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['create-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;create&quot; links.<br /> cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Link box (end box) configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb']<br /> -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.<br /> cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb']<br /> -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.<br /> -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the<br /> -- display cfg['create-link-display'].<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Experiment blurb configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template']<br /> -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module']<br /> -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.<br /> -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it<br /> -- might look like this:<br /> --<br /> -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.<br /> --<br /> -- In this example, &quot;sandbox&quot;, &quot;edit&quot;, &quot;diff&quot;, &quot;testcases&quot;, and &quot;edit&quot; would all be links.<br /> --<br /> -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending<br /> -- on what namespace we are in.<br /> -- <br /> -- Parameters:<br /> --<br /> -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:<br /> --<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display'])<br /> -- <br /> -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format:<br /> --<br /> -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display'])<br /> -- <br /> -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload']<br /> -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display']<br /> -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary'].<br /> --<br /> -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:<br /> --<br /> -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'])<br /> --<br /> -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format:<br /> -- <br /> -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display'])<br /> --<br /> -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the<br /> -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current<br /> -- namespace.<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = &quot;Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.&quot;<br /> cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = &quot;Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.&quot;<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Sandbox link configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['sandbox-subpage']<br /> -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.<br /> cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload']<br /> -- Preload file for template sandbox pages.<br /> cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload']<br /> -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.<br /> cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['sandbox-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;sandbox&quot; links.<br /> cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for sandbox &quot;edit&quot; links.<br /> cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for sandbox &quot;create&quot; links.<br /> cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['compare-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;compare&quot; links.<br /> cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary']<br /> -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the &quot;mirror&quot; link. $1 is a wikilink to the<br /> -- template page.<br /> cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['mirror-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;mirror&quot; links.<br /> cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Test cases link configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['testcases-subpage']<br /> -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.<br /> cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['template-testcases-preload']<br /> -- Preload file for template test cases pages.<br /> cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['module-testcases-preload']<br /> -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.<br /> cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['testcases-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for &quot;testcases&quot; links.<br /> cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for test cases &quot;edit&quot; links.<br /> cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for test cases &quot;create&quot; links.<br /> cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Add categories blurb configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['add-categories-blurb']<br /> -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the &quot;content&quot; or<br /> -- &quot;docname fed&quot; arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a<br /> -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display'].<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['doc-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.<br /> cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Subpages link configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['subpages-blurb']<br /> -- The &quot;Subpages of this template&quot; blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a<br /> -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply<br /> -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.'<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- cfg['subpages-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display for the &quot;subpages of this page&quot; link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'],<br /> -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in<br /> -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.<br /> --]]<br /> cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['template-pagetype']<br /> -- The pagetype to display for template pages.<br /> cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['module-pagetype']<br /> -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.<br /> cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['default-pagetype']<br /> -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.<br /> cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Doc link configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['doc-subpage']<br /> -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.<br /> cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['file-docpage-preload']<br /> -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace.<br /> cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['docpage-preload']<br /> -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.<br /> cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['module-preload']<br /> -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.<br /> cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Print version configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['print-subpage']<br /> -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions.<br /> cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['print-link-display']<br /> -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage.<br /> cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['print-blurb']<br /> -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display'].<br /> cfg['print-blurb'] = 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]] of this template exists at $1.'<br /> .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['display-print-category']<br /> -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists.<br /> -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false).<br /> cfg['display-print-category'] = true<br /> <br /> -- cfg['print-category']<br /> -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists.<br /> cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- HTML and CSS configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['main-div-id']<br /> -- The &quot;id&quot; attribute of the main HTML &quot;div&quot; tag.<br /> cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['main-div-classes']<br /> -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML &quot;div&quot; tag.<br /> cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'template-documentation iezoomfix'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses']<br /> -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.<br /> cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['start-box-link-id']<br /> -- The HTML &quot;id&quot; attribute for the links in the start box.<br /> cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- {{fmbox}} template configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['fmbox-id']<br /> -- The id sent to the &quot;id&quot; parameter of the {{fmbox}} template.<br /> cfg['fmbox-id'] = 'documentation-meta-data'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['fmbox-style']<br /> -- The value sent to the style parameter of {{fmbox}}.<br /> cfg['fmbox-style'] = 'background-color: #ecfcf4'<br /> <br /> -- cfg['fmbox-textstyle']<br /> -- The value sent to the &quot;textstyle parameter of {{fmbox}}.<br /> cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] = 'font-style: italic'<br /> <br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Tracking category configuration<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category']<br /> -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage<br /> -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).<br /> cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true<br /> <br /> -- cfg['strange-usage-category']<br /> -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a<br /> -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.<br /> cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- End configuration<br /> --<br /> -- Don't edit anything below this line.<br /> ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> return cfg</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Effective_protection_level 2014-08-16T17:05:43Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>local p = {}<br /> <br /> -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.<br /> -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.<br /> function p._main(action, pagename)<br /> local title<br /> if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then<br /> title = pagename<br /> elseif pagename then<br /> title = mw.title.new(pagename)<br /> else<br /> title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> end<br /> pagename = title.prefixedText<br /> if action == 'autoreview' then<br /> local level = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PENDINGCHANGELEVEL', pagename)<br /> if level == 'review' then<br /> return 'reviewer'<br /> elseif level ~= '' then<br /> return level<br /> else<br /> return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review<br /> end<br /> elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then<br /> error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 )<br /> end<br /> if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace<br /> return 'sysop'<br /> elseif title.namespace == 2 and ( mw.ustring.find( pagename, '/.*%.js$') or mw.ustring.find( pagename, '/.*%.css$') ) then -- user .js or .css page<br /> return 'sysop'<br /> end<br /> local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]<br /> if level == 'sysop' then<br /> return 'sysop'<br /> elseif mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('CASCADINGSOURCES', pagename) ~= '' then -- used by a cascading-protected page<br /> return 'sysop'<br /> elseif level == 'templateeditor' then<br /> return 'templateeditor'<br /> elseif action == 'move' then<br /> local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.<br /> if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then<br /> return 'accountcreator'<br /> elseif title.namespace == 6 then<br /> return 'filemover'<br /> else<br /> return 'autoconfirmed'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)<br /> if blacklistentry then<br /> return blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed and 'autoconfirmed' or 'accountcreator'<br /> elseif level then<br /> return level<br /> elseif action == 'upload' then<br /> return 'autoconfirmed'<br /> elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts<br /> return 'user'<br /> else<br /> return '*'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)<br /> return function(frame)<br /> return t._main(k, frame.args[1])<br /> end<br /> end })<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Tl 2014-08-16T11:12:46Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>{{[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> <br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Transclude 2014-08-16T11:12:46Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>{{#switch: {{NAMESPACE: {{{1}}} }}<br /> |#default = {{FULLPAGENAME: {{{1}}} }} &lt;!-- eg &quot;User:Foo&quot; --&gt;<br /> |{{ns:0}} = <br /> {{#ifeq: {{NAMESPACE: {{{1}}} }} | {{NAMESPACE: Template{{{1}}} }}<br /> | Template:{{{1}}} &lt;!-- no leading colon, eg &quot;Foo&quot; --&gt;<br /> | {{PAGENAME: {{{1}}} }} &lt;!-- leading colon, eg &quot;:Foo&quot;, so we want the article --&gt;<br /> }}<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Infobox/doc 2014-08-16T11:12:45Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>{{documentation subpage}}<br /> &lt;!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE. --&gt;<br /> {{distinguish|Template:Userbox}}<br /> &lt;includeonly&gt;{{#ifeq: {{#titleparts: {{PAGENAME}} | 1 | 2 }} | old | &lt;!-- null --&gt; | {{high-risk|2,000,000+}}{{lua|Module:Infobox}} }}&lt;/includeonly&gt;<br /> This template is intended as a meta-template: a template used for constructing other templates. It is not meant for use directly in an article, but can be used on a one-off basis if required. See [[Help:Infobox]] for an introduction to infoboxes and information on how to design them. See [[:Category:Infobox templates]] for specific infobox templates.<br /> <br /> === Usage ===<br /> Usage is similar to {{tl|navbox}}, but with an additional distinction. Each row on the table can contain either a header, or a label/data pair, or just a data cell. These are mutually exclusive states so if you define a row with both a header and a label/data pair, the label/data pair is ignored.<br /> <br /> To insert an image somewhere other than at the top of the infobox, or to insert freeform data, use a row with only a data field.<br /> <br /> === Optional control parameters ===<br /> ; name : If this parameter is present, &quot;view/discuss/edit&quot; links will be added to the bottom of the infobox, pointing to the named page. You may use the value &lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:PAGENAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;; however this is rarely what you want, because it will send users clicking these links in an infobox in an article to the template code rather than the data in the infobox that they probably want to change.<br /> ; child : See the [[#Embedding|Embedding]] section for details. If this is set to &quot;yes&quot;, this child infobox should be titled but have no name parameter. This parameter is empty by default, set it to &quot;yes&quot; to activate it.<br /> ; subbox : See the [[#Subboxes|Subboxes]] section for details. If this is set to &quot;yes&quot;, this subbox should be titled but have no name parameter. This parameter is empty by default, set to &quot;yes&quot; to activate it. It has no effect if the '''child''' parameter is also set to &quot;yes&quot;.<br /> ; decat : If this is set to &quot;yes&quot;, the current page will not be autocategorized in a maintenance category when the generated infobox has some problems or no visible data section. Leave empty by default or set to &quot;yes&quot; to activate it.<br /> <br /> === Content parameters ===<br /> <br /> ==== Title ====<br /> There are two different ways to put a title on an infobox. One contains the title inside the infobox's border in the uppermost cell of the table, the other puts as a caption it on top of the table. You can use both of them together if you like, or just one or the other, or even neither (though this is not recommended):<br /> <br /> ; title : Text to put in the caption over the top of the table (or as section header before the whole content of this table, if this is a child infobox).<br /> ; above : Text to put within the uppermost cell of the table.<br /> ; subheader(n) : additional title fields which fit below {{{title}}} and {{{above}}}, but before images. Subheader parameters should not be numbered more than 10 apart.<br /> <br /> Examples:<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | name = Infobox/doc<br /> | title = Text in caption over infobox<br /> | subheader = Subheader of the infobox<br /> | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here)<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}}<br /> | title = Text in caption over infobox<br /> | subheader = Subheader of the infobox<br /> | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here)<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | name = Infobox/doc<br /> | above = Text in uppermost cell of infobox<br /> | subheader = Subheader of the infobox<br /> | subheader2 = Second subheader of the infobox<br /> | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here)<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}}<br /> | above = Text in uppermost cell of infobox<br /> | subheader = Subheader of the infobox<br /> | subheader2 = Second subheader of the infobox<br /> | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here)<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> ==== Illustration images ====<br /> ; image(n) : images to display at the top of the template. Use full image syntax, for example &lt;nowiki&gt;[[File:example.png|200px|alt=Example alt text]]&lt;/nowiki&gt;. Image is centered by default. See [[WP:ALT]] for more on alt text. Image parameters should not be numbered more than 10 apart.<br /> ; caption(n) : Text to put underneath the images.<br /> <br /> ==== Main data ====<br /> ; header(n) : Text to use as a header in row n. Header and data parameters should not be numbered more than 50 apart.<br /> ; label(n) : Text to use as a label in row n.<br /> ; data(n) : Text to display as data in row n. Header and data parameters should not be numbered more than 50 apart.<br /> <br /> Note: for any given value for (n), not all combinations of parameters are permitted. The presence of a {{para|header''(n)''}} will cause the corresponding {{para|data''(n)''}} (and {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|label''(n)''}}, see below) to be ignored; the absence of a {{para|data''(n)''}} will cause the corresponding {{para|label''(n)''}} to be ignored. Valid combinations for any single row are:<br /> <br /> * {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|header''(n)''}}<br /> * {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|data''(n)''}}<br /> * {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|label''(n)''}} {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|data''(n)''}}<br /> <br /> See the rendering of header4, label4, and data4 in the [[#Examples|Examples]] section below.<br /> <br /> ===== Number ranges =====<br /> To allow flexibility when the layout of an infobox is changed, it may be helpful when developing an infobox to use non-contiguous numbers for header and label/data rows. Parameters for new rows can then be inserted in future without having to renumber existing parameters. For example:<br /> <br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> | header3 = Section 1<br /> | label5 = Label A<br /> | data5 = Data A<br /> | label7 = Label C<br /> | data7 = Data C<br /> | header10 = Section 2<br /> | label12 = Label D<br /> | data12 = Data D<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> It is also possible to automatically renumber parameter names by using [[Module:IncrementParams]].<br /> <br /> Note that although there is no limitation on the number of rows available, row parameters should not be numbered more than 50 apart. See the [[#Limitations]] section below for more details.<br /> <br /> ===== Making data fields optional =====<br /> A row with a label but no data is not displayed. This allows for the easy creation of optional infobox content rows. To make a row optional use a parameter that defaults to an empty string, like so:<br /> <br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> | label5 = Population<br /> | data5 = {{{population|}}}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> This way if an article doesn't define the population parameter in its infobox the row won't be displayed.<br /> <br /> For more complex fields with pre-formatted contents that would still be present even if the parameter wasn't set, you can wrap it all in an &quot;#if&quot; statement to make the whole thing vanish when the parameter is not used. For instance, the &quot;#if&quot; statement in the following example reads &quot;#if:the parameter ''mass'' has been supplied |then display it, followed by 'kg'&quot;:<br /> <br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> | label6 = Mass<br /> | data6 = {{ #if: {{{mass|}}} | {{{mass}}} kg }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> For more on #if, see [[meta:ParserFunctions##if:|here]].<br /> <br /> ===== Hiding headers when all data fields are hidden =====<br /> You can also make headers optional in a similar way. Consider this example:<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Example of an undesirable header<br /> | header1 = Undesirable header<br /> | label2 = Item 1 | data2 =<br /> | label3 = Item 2 | data3 =<br /> | label4 = Item 3 | data4 =<br /> | header5 = Static header<br /> | label6 = Static item | data6 = Static value<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Example of an undesirable header<br /> | header1 = Undesirable header<br /> | label2 = Item 1 | data2 =<br /> | label3 = Item 2 | data3 =<br /> | label4 = Item 3 | data4 =<br /> | header5 = Static header<br /> | label6 = Static item | data6 = Static value<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> If you want the first header to appear only if one or more of the data fields that fall under it are filled, one could use the following pattern as an example of how to do it:<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Example of an optional header<br /> | header1 = {{ #if: {{{item1|}}}{{{item2|}}}{{{item3|}}} | Optional header }}<br /> | label2 = Item 1 | data2 = {{{item1|}}}<br /> | label3 = Item 2 | data3 = {{{item2|}}}<br /> | label4 = Item 3 | data4 = {{{item3|}}}<br /> | header5 = Static header<br /> | label6 = Static item | data6 = Static value<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Example of an optional header<br /> | header1 = {{ #if: {{{item1|}}}{{{item2|}}}{{{item3|}}} | Optional header }}<br /> | label2 = Item 1 | data2 = {{{item1|}}}<br /> | label3 = Item 2 | data3 = {{{item2|}}}<br /> | label4 = Item 3 | data4 = {{{item3|}}}<br /> | header5 = Static header<br /> | label6 = Static item | data6 = Static value<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> header1 will be shown if any of item1, item2, or item3 is defined. If none of the three parameters are defined the header won't be shown and no emty row appears before the next static content. The trick to this is that the &quot;#if&quot; returns false only if there is nothing whatsoever in the conditional section, so only if all three of item1, item2 and item3 are undefined will the if statement fail.<br /> <br /> Note that such trick may be sometimes very complex to test if there are many data items whose value depends on complex tests (or when a data row is generated by a recursive invokation of this template as a [[#Subboxes|subbox]]). Ideally, the Lua module supporting this template should now support a new way to make each header row autohideable by detecting if there is at least one non-empty data row after that header row (a parameter like &quot;autohide header1 = yes&quot;, for example, would remove the need to perform the &quot;#if&quot; test so that we can just to define &quot;header1 = Optional header&quot;),<br /> <br /> ==== Footer ====<br /> ; below : Text to put in the bottom cell. The bottom cell is intended for footnotes, see-also, and other such information.<br /> <br /> === Presentation parameters ===<br /> <br /> ==== Italic titles ====<br /> Titles of articles with infoboxes may be made italic, in line with [[WP:ITALICTITLE]], by passing the &lt;code&gt;italic title&lt;/code&gt; parameter.<br /> <br /> * Turn on italic titles by passing {{para|italic title|&lt;nowiki&gt;{{{italic title|}}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;}} from the infobox.<br /> * Turn off by default (notably because only Latin script may be safely rendered in this style and italic may be needed to distinguish foreign language from local English language only in that script, but would be difficult to read for other scripts) but allow some instances to be made italic by passing {{para|italic title|&lt;nowiki&gt;{{{italic title|no}}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}<br /> * Do not make any titles italic by not passing the parameter at all.<br /> <br /> ==== CSS styling ====<br /> ; bodystyle : Applies to the infobox table as a whole<br /> ; titlestyle : Applies only to the title caption. Adding a background color is usually inadvisable since the text is rendered &quot;outside&quot; the infobox.<br /> ; abovestyle : Applies only to the &quot;above&quot; cell at the top. The default style has font-size:125%; since this cell is usually used for a title, if you want to use the above cell for regular-sized text include &quot;font-size:100%;&quot; in the abovestyle.<br /> ; imagestyle : Applies to the cell the image is in. This includes the text of the image caption, but you should set text properties with captionstyle instead of imagestyle in case the caption is moved out of this cell in the future.<br /> ; captionstyle : Applies to the text of the image caption.<br /> ; headerstyle : Applies to all header cells<br /> ; labelstyle : Applies to all label cells<br /> ; datastyle : Applies to all data cells<br /> ; belowstyle : Applies only to the below cell<br /> <br /> ==== HTML classes and microformats ====<br /> ; bodyclass : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the infobox as a whole.<br /> ; titleclass : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the infobox's '''title''' caption.<br /> &lt;!-- currently not implemented in Lua module<br /> ; aboverowclass : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the complete table row the '''above''' cell is on.<br /> --&gt;<br /> ; aboveclass : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the infobox's '''above''' cell.<br /> ; subheaderrowclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the complete table row the '''subheader''' is on.<br /> ; subheaderclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the infobox's '''subheader'''.<br /> ; imagerowclass(n) : These parameters are inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the complete table row their respective '''image''' is on.<br /> ; imageclass : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the '''image'''.<br /> ; rowclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the specified row including the '''label''' and '''data''' cells.<br /> ; class(n) : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the '''data''' cell of the specified row. If there's no '''data''' cell it has no effect.<br /> &lt;!-- currently not implemented in Lua module<br /> ; belowrowclass : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the complete table row the '''below''' cell is on.<br /> --&gt;<br /> ; belowclass : This parameter is inserted into the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;code&gt; attribute for the infobox's '''below''' cell.<br /> <br /> This template supports the addition of microformat information. This is done by adding &quot;class&quot; attributes to various data cells, indicating what kind of information is contained within. Multiple class names may be specified, separated by spaces, some of them being used as selectors for custom styling according to a project policy or to the skin selected in user preferences, others beig used for microformats.<br /> <br /> To flag an infobox as containing [[hCard]] information, for example, add the following parameter:<br /> <br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> | bodyclass = vcard<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> And for each row containing a data cell that's part of the vcard, add a corresponding class parameter:<br /> <br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> | class1 = fn<br /> | class2 = org<br /> | class3 = tel<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> ...and so forth. &quot;above&quot; and &quot;title&quot; can also be given classes, since these are usually used to display the name of the subject of the infobox.<br /> <br /> See [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats]] for more information on adding microformat information to Wikipedia, and [[microformat]] for more information on microformats in general.<br /> <br /> === Examples ===<br /> Notice how the row doesn't appear in the displayed infobox when a '''label''' is defined without an accompanying '''data''' cell, and how all of them are displayed when a '''header''' is defined on the same row as a '''data''' cell. Also notice that '''subheaders''' are not bold by default like the '''headers''' used to split the main data section, because this role is meant to be for the '''above''' cell :<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> |name = Infobox/doc<br /> |bodystyle = <br /> <br /> |titlestyle = <br /> |abovestyle = background:#cfc;<br /> |subheaderstyle =<br /> |title = Test Infobox<br /> |above = Above text<br /> |subheader = Subheader above image<br /> |subheader2 = Second subheader<br /> <br /> |imagestyle = <br /> |captionstyle = <br /> |image = [[File:example.png|200px|alt=Example alt text]]<br /> |caption = Caption displayed below example.png<br /> <br /> |headerstyle = background:#ccf;<br /> |labelstyle = background:#ddf;<br /> |datastyle = <br /> <br /> |header1 = Header defined alone<br /> | label1 = <br /> | data1 = <br /> |header2 = <br /> | label2 = Label defined alone does not display (needs data, or is suppressed)<br /> | data2 = <br /> |header3 =<br /> | label3 = <br /> | data3 = Data defined alone<br /> |header4 = All three defined (header, label, data, all with same number)<br /> | label4 = does not display (same number as a header)<br /> | data4 = does not display (same number as a header)<br /> |header5 =<br /> | label5 = Label and data defined (label)<br /> | data5 = Label and data defined (data)<br /> <br /> |belowstyle = background:#ddf;<br /> |below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> |name = {{subst:PAGENAME}}<br /> |bodystyle = <br /> <br /> |titlestyle = <br /> |abovestyle = background:#cfc;<br /> |subheaderstyle =<br /> |title = Test Infobox<br /> |above = Above text<br /> |subheader = Subheader above image<br /> |subheader2 = Second subheader<br /> <br /> |imagestyle = <br /> |captionstyle = <br /> | image = [[File:example.png|200px|alt=Example alt text]]<br /> |caption = Caption displayed below example.png<br /> <br /> |headerstyle = background:#ccf;<br /> |labelstyle = background:#ddf;<br /> |datastyle = <br /> <br /> |header1 = Header defined alone<br /> | label1 = <br /> | data1 = <br /> |header2 = <br /> | label2 = Label defined alone does not display (needs data, or is suppressed)<br /> | data2 = <br /> |header3 =<br /> | label3 = <br /> | data3 = Data defined alone<br /> |header4 = All three defined (header, label, data, all with same number)<br /> | label4 = does not display (same number as a header)<br /> | data4 = does not display (same number as a header)<br /> |header5 =<br /> | label5 = Label and data defined (label)<br /> | data5 = Label and data defined (data)<br /> <br /> |belowstyle = background:#ddf;<br /> |below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> For this example, the '''bodystyle''' and '''labelstyle''' parameters are used to adjust the infobox width and define a default width for the column of labels:<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> |name = Infobox/doc<br /> |bodystyle = width:20em<br /> <br /> |titlestyle = <br /> |title = Test Infobox<br /> <br /> |headerstyle = <br /> |labelstyle = width:33%<br /> |datastyle = <br /> <br /> |header1 = <br /> | label1 = Label 1<br /> | data1 = Data 1<br /> |header2 = <br /> | label2 = Label 2<br /> | data2 = Data 2<br /> |header3 = <br /> | label3 = Label 3<br /> | data3 = Data 3<br /> |header4 = Header 4<br /> | label4 = <br /> | data4 = <br /> |header5 = <br /> | label5 = Label 5<br /> | data5 = Data 5: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.<br /> <br /> |belowstyle = <br /> |below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow: auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> |name = {{subst:PAGENAME}}<br /> |bodystyle = width:20em<br /> <br /> |titlestyle = <br /> |title = Test Infobox<br /> <br /> |headerstyle = <br /> |labelstyle = width:33%<br /> |datastyle = <br /> <br /> |header1 = <br /> | label1 = Label 1<br /> | data1 = Data 1<br /> |header2 = <br /> | label2 = Label 2<br /> | data2 = Data 2<br /> |header3 = <br /> | label3 = Label 3<br /> | data3 = Data 3<br /> |header4 = Header 4<br /> | label4 = <br /> | data4 = <br /> |header5 = <br /> | label5 = Label 5<br /> | data5 = Data 5: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.<br /> <br /> |belowstyle = <br /> |below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> === Embedding ===<br /> &lt;!--Linked from [[Template:Subinfobox bodystyle/doc]]--&gt;<br /> One infobox template can be embedded into another using the {{para|child}} parameter. This feature can be used to create a modular infobox, or to create more well defined logical sections. Previously, it was necessary to use embedding in order to create infoboxes with more than 99 rows, but there is now no limit to the number of rows that can be defined in a single instance of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{infobox}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Top level title<br /> | data1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | title = First subsection<br /> | label1= Label 1.1<br /> | data1 = Data 1.1<br /> }}<br /> | data2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> |title = Second subsection<br /> | label1= Label 2.1<br /> | data1 = Data 2.1<br /> }}<br /> | belowstyle = <br /> | below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Top level title<br /> | data1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | title = First subsection<br /> | label1= Label 1.1<br /> | data1 = Data 1.1<br /> }}<br /> | data2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> |title = Second subsection<br /> | label1= Label 2.1<br /> | data1 = Data 2.1<br /> }}<br /> | belowstyle = <br /> | below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> Note, in the examples above, the child infobox is placed in a &lt;code&gt;data&lt;/code&gt; field, not a &lt;code&gt;header&lt;/code&gt; field. Notice that the section subheadings are not in bold font if bolding is not explicitly specified. To obtain bold section headings, place the child infobox in a '''header''' field (but not in a '''label''' field because it would not be displayed!), either using<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Top level title<br /> | header1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | title = First subsection<br /> | label1= Label 1.1<br /> | data1 = Data 1.1<br /> }}<br /> | header2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | title = Second subsection<br /> | label1= Label 2.1<br /> | data1 = Data 2.1<br /> }}<br /> | belowstyle = <br /> | below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Top level title<br /> | header1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | title = First subsection<br /> | label1= Label 1.1<br /> | data1 = Data 1.1<br /> }}<br /> | header2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | title = Second subsection<br /> | label1= Label 2.1<br /> | data1 = Data 2.1<br /> }}<br /> | belowstyle = <br /> | below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> or,<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Top level title<br /> | header1 = First subsection<br /> {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | label1 = Label 1.1<br /> | data1 = Data 1.1<br /> }}<br /> | header2 = Second subsection<br /> {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | label1 = Label 2.1<br /> | data1 = Data 2.1<br /> }}<br /> | belowstyle = <br /> | below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | title = Top level title<br /> | header1 = First subsection<br /> {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | label1 = Label 1.1<br /> | data1 = Data 1.1<br /> }}<br /> | header2 = Second subsection<br /> {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes<br /> | label1 = Label 2.1<br /> | data1 = Data 2.1<br /> }}<br /> | belowstyle = <br /> | below = Below text<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> Note that omitting the {{para|title}} parameter, and not including any text preceding the embedded infobox, may result in spurious blank table rows, creating gaps in the visual presentation.<br /> <br /> === Subboxes ===<br /> An alternative method for embedding is to use {{para|subbox|yes}}, which removes the outer border from the infobox, but preserves the interior structure. One feature of this approach is that the parent and child boxes need not have the same structure, and the label and data fields are not aligned between the parent and child boxes because they are not in the same parent table.<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | headerstyle = background-color:#eee;<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#eee;<br /> | header1 = Main 1<br /> | header2 = Main 2<br /> | data3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | headerstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ddd;<br /> | header1 = Sub 3-1<br /> | header2 = Sub 3-2<br /> | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3<br /> }}<br /> | data4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1<br /> }}<br /> | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5<br /> | header6 = Main 6<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | headerstyle = background-color:#eee;<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#eee;<br /> | header1 = Main 1<br /> | header2 = Main 2<br /> | data3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | headerstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ddd;<br /> | header1 = Sub 3-1<br /> | header2 = Sub 3-2<br /> | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3<br /> }}<br /> | data4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1<br /> }}<br /> | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5<br /> | header6 = Main 6<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> Similar embedding technics may be used within content parameters of some other templates generating tables (such as [[:Template:Sidebar|Sidebar]]) :<br /> <br /> {{Sidebar<br /> | navbar = off<br /> | headingstyle = background-color:#eee;<br /> | heading1 = Heading 1<br /> | heading2 = Heading 2<br /> | content3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | headerstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ddd;<br /> | header1 = Sub 3-1<br /> | header2 = Sub 3-2<br /> | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3<br /> }}<br /> | content4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1<br /> }}<br /> | heading5 = Heading 5<br /> }}<br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Sidebar<br /> | navbar = off<br /> | headingstyle = background-color:#eee;<br /> | heading1 = Heading 1<br /> | heading2 = Heading 2<br /> | content3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | headerstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ddd;<br /> | header1 = Sub 3-1<br /> | header2 = Sub 3-2<br /> | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3<br /> }}<br /> | content4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes<br /> | labelstyle = background-color:#ccc;<br /> | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1<br /> }}<br /> | heading5 = Heading 5<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> Note that the default padding of the parent data cell containing each subbox is still visible, so the subboxes are slightly narrower than the parent box and there's a higher vertical spacing between standard cells of the parent box than between cells of distinct subboxes.<br /> <br /> === Full blank syntax ===<br /> (Note: there is no limit to the number of possible rows; only 20 are given below since infoboxes larger than that will be relatively rare. Just extend the numbering as needed. The microformat &quot;class&quot; parameters are also omitted as they are not commonly used.)<br /> <br /> &lt;pre style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> {{Infobox<br /> | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}}<br /> | child = {{{child|}}}<br /> | subbox = {{{subbox|}}}<br /> | italic title = {{{italic title|no}}}<br /> | bodystyle = <br /> <br /> | titlestyle = <br /> | abovestyle = <br /> | subheaderstyle = <br /> | title = <br /> | above = <br /> | subheader = <br /> <br /> | imagestyle = <br /> | captionstyle = <br /> | image = <br /> | caption = <br /> | image2 = <br /> | caption2 = <br /> <br /> | headerstyle = <br /> | labelstyle = <br /> | datastyle = <br /> | header1 = <br /> | label1 = <br /> | data1 = <br /> | header2 = <br /> | label2 = <br /> | data2 = <br /> | header3 = <br /> | label3 = <br /> | data3 = <br /> | header4 = <br /> | label4 = <br /> | data4 = <br /> | header5 = <br /> | label5 = <br /> | data5 = <br /> | header6 = <br /> | label6 = <br /> | data6 = <br /> | header7 = <br /> | label7 = <br /> | data7 = <br /> | header8 = <br /> | label8 = <br /> | data8 = <br /> | header9 = <br /> | label9 = <br /> | data9 = <br /> | header10 = <br /> | label10 = <br /> | data10 = <br /> | header11 = <br /> | label11 = <br /> | data11 = <br /> | header12 = <br /> | label12 = <br /> | data12 = <br /> | header13 = <br /> | label13 = <br /> | data13 = <br /> | header14 = <br /> | label14 = <br /> | data14 = <br /> | header15 = <br /> | label15 = <br /> | data15 = <br /> | header16 = <br /> | label16 = <br /> | data16 = <br /> | header17 = <br /> | label17 = <br /> | data17 = <br /> | header18 = <br /> | label18 = <br /> | data18 = <br /> | header19 = <br /> | label19 = <br /> | data19 = <br /> | header20 = <br /> | label20 = <br /> | data20 = <br /> <br /> | belowstyle =<br /> | below = <br /> }}<br /> &lt;/pre&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> === Limitations ===<br /> Previously, the number of rows available to this template was limited to 99. This restriction has been lifted now that the template has been ported to a [[WP:Lua|Lua module]], but to maintain backwards compatibility there is now a limit on the number of rows apart by which parameters will be detected. If parameters are numbered more than 50 apart, the later parameters may be ignored (depending on the exact numbers involved), and if parameters are numbered more than 100 apart, the later parameters will definitely be ignored.<br /> <br /> For example, this code will display properly:<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | header3 = Section 1<br /> | label48 = Label A<br /> | data48 = Data A<br /> | data92 = Data B<br /> | label136 = Label C<br /> | data136 = Data C<br /> | header177 = Section 2<br /> | label215 = Label D<br /> | data215 = Data D<br /> }}<br /> &lt;div style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;Infobox<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;3&lt;/b&gt; = Section 1<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Label A<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Data A<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;92&lt;/b&gt; = Data B<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;136&lt;/b&gt; = Label C<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;136&lt;/b&gt; = Data C<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;177&lt;/b&gt; = Section 2<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;215&lt;/b&gt; = Label D<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;215&lt;/b&gt; = Data D<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> But in this code, only Section 1, Label A and Data A will be displayed, because Data B is numbered too far away from Data A (and then all the rest is ignored):<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | header3 = Section 1<br /> | label48 = Label A<br /> | data48 = Data A<br /> | data102 = Data B<br /> | label103 = Label C<br /> | data103 = Data C<br /> | header115 = Section 2<br /> | label120 = Label D |data120 = Data D<br /> }}<br /> &lt;div style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;Infobox<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;3&lt;/b&gt; = Section 1<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Label A<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Data A<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#FAA&quot;&gt;102&lt;/b&gt; = Data B<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;103&lt;/b&gt; = Label C<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;103&lt;/b&gt; = Data C<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;115&lt;/b&gt; = Section 2<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;120&lt;/b&gt; = Label D<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;120&lt;/b&gt; = Data D<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> Note that parameter values may be blank - parameters are counted unless they are completely absent, in header() and data(n), from the template invocation:<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | header3 = Section 1<br /> | label48 = Label A<br /> | data48 = Data A<br /> | data70 =<br /> | data102 = Data B<br /> | label103 = Label C<br /> | data103 = Data C<br /> | header115 = Section 2<br /> | label120 = Label D |data120 = Data D<br /> }}<br /> &lt;div style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;Infobox<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;3&lt;/b&gt; = Section 1<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Label A<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Data A<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;70&lt;/b&gt; =<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;102&lt;/b&gt; = Data B<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;103&lt;/b&gt; = Label C<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;103&lt;/b&gt; = Data C<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;115&lt;/b&gt; = Section 2<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;120&lt;/b&gt; = Label D<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;120&lt;/b&gt; = Data D<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> If only '''label(n)''' is specified (even with a non-empty value) but neither '''header(n)''' nor '''data(n)''', the parameter is ignored and considered as if it was missing:<br /> <br /> {{Infobox<br /> | header3 = Section 1<br /> | label48 = Label A<br /> | data48 = Data A<br /> | label70 = Dummy label<br /> | data102 = Data B<br /> | label103 = Label C<br /> | data103 = Data C<br /> | header115 = Section 2<br /> | label120 = Label D |data120 = Data D<br /> }}<br /> &lt;div style=&quot;overflow:auto&quot;&gt;<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;Infobox<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;3&lt;/b&gt; = Section 1<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Label A<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;48&lt;/b&gt; = Data A<br /> | &lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#FAA&quot;&gt;label70&lt;/b&gt; = Dummy label<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;102&lt;/b&gt; = Data B<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;103&lt;/b&gt; = Label C<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;103&lt;/b&gt; = Data C<br /> | header&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;115&lt;/b&gt; = Section 2<br /> | label&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;120&lt;/b&gt; = Label D<br /> | data&lt;b style=&quot;color:black;background:#AFA&quot;&gt;120&lt;/b&gt; = Data D<br /> &lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;<br /> &lt;/div&gt;{{clear}}<br /> <br /> There are also similar limitations for '''image(n)''' and '''subheader(n)''' parameters: in those cases, parameters should not be numbered more than 10 apart.<br /> <br /> === Porting to other MediaWikis ===<br /> The infobox template requires the [[:mw:Extension:Scribunto|Scribunto]] extension and [[mw:Manual:Using content from Wikipedia#HTMLTidy|HTMLTidy]] to be installed. It may not work with other MediaWikis. [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Transwiki|WikiProject Transwiki]] has a version of this template that has been modified to work on other MediaWikis.<br /> <br /> ===See also===<br /> * [[Module:Infobox]], the [[WP:LUA|Lua]] module on which this template is based<br /> * [[Special:Permalink/558855956|Template:Infobox/old]], the previous ParserFunctions implementation<br /> * {{tl|Infobox3cols}}<br /> * {{tl|Navbox}}<br /> * [[Wikipedia:List of infoboxes|List of infoboxes]]<br /> <br /> &lt;includeonly&gt;<br /> {{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox | |<br /> [[Category:Infobox templates| ]]<br /> [[Category:Wikipedia metatemplates|Infobox]]<br /> [[Category:Templates generating microformats]]<br /> }}<br /> &lt;/includeonly&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Lua 2014-08-16T11:12:45Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}}<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Navbar 2014-08-16T11:12:45Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks hlist navbar {{#if:{{{mini|}}}|mini}}&quot; style=&quot;{{{style|}}}&quot;&gt;&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;{{#if:{{{mini|}}}{{{plain|}}}|&lt;!--nothing--&gt;|&lt;!--else:<br /> --&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;word-spacing:0;{{{fontstyle|}}}&quot;&gt;{{{text|This box:}}} &lt;/span&gt;}}&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;{{#if:{{{brackets|}}}|&lt;span style=&quot;margin-right:-0.125em;{{{fontstyle|}}}&quot;&gt;&amp;#91;&lt;/span&gt;}}&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;nv-view&quot;&gt;[[{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}|&lt;span title=&quot;View this template&quot; &lt;!--<br /> --&gt;style=&quot;{{{fontstyle|}}}&quot;&gt;{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|v|view}}&lt;/span&gt;]]&lt;/li&gt;&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;nv-talk&quot;&gt;[[{{TALKPAGENAME:{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}}}|&lt;span title=&quot;Discuss this template&quot; &lt;!--<br /> --&gt;style=&quot;{{{fontstyle|}}}&quot;&gt;{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|t|talk}}&lt;/span&gt;]]&lt;/li&gt;&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;{{#if:{{{noedit|}}}|&lt;!--nothing--&gt;|&lt;!--else:<br /> --&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;nv-edit&quot;&gt;[{{fullurl:{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}|action=edit}} &lt;span title=&quot;Edit this template&quot; &lt;!--<br /> --&gt;style=&quot;{{{fontstyle|}}}&quot;&gt;{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|e|edit}}&lt;/span&gt;]&lt;/li&gt;}}&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;{{#if:{{{brackets|}}}|&lt;span style=&quot;margin-left:-0.125em;{{{fontstyle|}}}&quot;&gt;&amp;#93;&lt;/span&gt;}}&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Ombox 2014-08-16T11:12:45Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>{{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Para 2014-08-16T11:12:45Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;code class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;|&lt;/nowiki&gt;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&lt;nowiki&gt;=&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}{{{2|}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Pp-template 2014-08-16T11:12:45Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Sidebar 2014-08-16T11:12:45Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Sidebar|sidebar}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Documentation 2014-08-16T11:12:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>{{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Documentation_subpage 2014-08-16T11:12:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}}<br /> | &lt;!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--&gt;<br /> &lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show<br /> | {{Mbox<br /> | type = notice<br /> | style = margin-bottom:1.0em;<br /> | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]]<br /> | text =<br /> '''This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]] for {{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}'''.&lt;br /&gt;It contains usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. <br /> }}<br /> }}&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}&lt;!--<br /> <br /> --&gt;{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |&lt;!--(don't categorize)--&gt;<br /> | &lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}<br /> | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]]<br /> | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]]<br /> }}&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;<br /> }}&lt;!--<br /> <br /> (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:)<br /> --&gt;&lt;includeonly&gt;<br /> | &lt;!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--&gt;<br /> }}&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel http://www.interstellarrift.com/wiki/index.php?title=Template:Hatnote 2014-08-16T11:12:44Z

<p>Sentinel: 1 revision</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Hatnote|hatnote}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Sentinel